Loading...
1996-07-17 Specs Street & Utilities Improvement~` -~ ~ r .,. i. ,~, ~ - _ ~ j. SpeCiflC~tiOXD~ for PAI~S~D~ 3I~D A-I~D~ITION StREET AND UTILITIES 6[VfPF30VE11AEN7 PROJIEC~' ~l~~rt~v~l~~, ~Ti~n~sota M~YER-ROHL1lV,1J~1C. ENGINEERS-LAND SURVEYORS 1111 Mvy. 25 N, f1u1laio, Mi»n.5531~ Fiane 612-682-1781 July `17, 199e 961~?5,~ SPECIFICATIONS FOR PARRSIDE 3RD ADDITION STREET & UTILITIES IMPROYEMET PROJECT ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA MEYER ROHLIN, INC. ENGINEERS AND LAND SURVEYORS 1111 HIGHWAY 25 NORTH BUFFALO, MINNESOTA 55313 Project No_ 96105-A July 17, 1996 J~ ;. ~ ` \' ;,, . ., ` . I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Registered Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. u a/Vvvu.c Scott Dahlke Reg. No. 24348 ~'' :~~=c~?A !~~-~RTM~NT C~''F,,yy HEALTH ~t . .; "~3 ~~ ~... ?, ,. i~ JU~ ~w ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Project: Parkside 3rd Addition Street and Utilities Improvement Project MRI Project No: 96105-A Date of Original Plans and Specifications: July 17, 1996 Date of Addendum No. l: July 29, 1996 Engineer: Meyer-Rohlin, Inc. 1111 Highway 25 North Buffalo, MN 55313 612-682-1781 ~ ~ ~,~~ Scott Dahlke Reg. No. 24348 1. REVISED PROPOSAL FORM The due date for bid opening has been corrected/revised to Monday, August 5, 1996. A revised proposal form has been enclosed for your use in preparing your bid. 2. BID "B" ITEM ADDITION Bid "B" Item No. 30 has been added to include jack and bore 20" steel casing with 12" PVC carrier pipe under County Highway 19. Refer to Addendum No. 1, Attachment A, for placement, and Attachment B for jacking detail. 3. BID "C" ITEM REVISION Bid "C", Items 8 and 12, bid unit "l.f.", shall be revised to bid unit "each". In Item 27, bid unit "each" shall be revised to bid unit "c.y. 4. REVISED COMPLETION DATES Special Provisions, Item 1, Project, the second and third paragraphs shall be revised to read as follows: "The Contractor shall complete the utilities, including sanitary sewer, watermain, and storm sewer by October 1, 1996,x"°' and all street work and restoration, excluding the bituminous wear course, by October 25, 1996. The bituminous wear course shall be paved in the summer of 1997 and shall be completed after July 15, 1997, but before September 1, 1997, unless approved by the Engineer. The contractor shall be subject to the provisions of Article 15 of the Supplemental Conditions for failure to meet these completion dates, as a whole or in part." An early completion area has been noted on Plan Sheet lA of 15. Construction of utilities, curb, and base course pavement in this area is to be completed by September 13, 1996. A bonus of $5,000 will be paid if this area is completed by September 6, 1996. 5. WATERMAIN MATERIALS ADDITION A) Trace wire shall be laid with all PVC watermain and shall be #8 copper insulated and rated for underground service. Trace wire shall be connected to all metal fittings, valves, and fire hydrants. Payment for trace wire shall be incidental to project construction. B) Provide each gate valve with a non-rising extension stem of the square wrench nut type. Extension stem shall be provided with a coupling for use with a non-rising stem valve. Extension stem shall bring the top of the square wrench nut to within six to twelve inches from the top of the valve box lid. Non-rising extension stem shall be Mueller A-26441, or equal. Payment for extension stem shall be incidental to project construction. END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 8'_U",~ . Varies _ _ I S,_0„ Concrete Plug c ... i~ - Pavement or R/R Steel Casing Pipe Jacked in Place Ductile Iron Carrier Pipe ELEVATION NOT TO"SCALE Concrete Plug Fill with Sand ARRIER PIPE CASINGPIPE MIN. THICKNESS 4" 12" 0.25" 6" 14" 0.25" 8" 16" 0.25" 10" 18" 0.25" 12" 20" 0.25" 16" 24" 0.25" 5.040 TYPICAL JACKING DETAIL Addendum No. 1~ Attachment B Outlot B 8' clearqut wAh cep 45'-8' PVC@0.4% ~ - •• --~--,C• 1• -I I I MH2 T~ 8' cleenout with ce Outlot A All stations for sanitary sewer(s) services as shown on the plans are to sanitary sewer service wyes, unless otherwise noted. All stations for water(wj services as shown are to corporations. - All sanitary sewer services are to be 9" PVC. All water services are to be 1" (type K) Cu tubing. elevations shown are sanitary serer service inverts at a point 30' past the property line. All hydrants are to be located 2.0 feed from the property corner or property line. All sanitary sewer service lines [o ~e at 2. OOt grade, unless ~[herwise noted. .. ~ j ' y ... ~ ~~~ ... N N: ~ . a .. .. p ~a ~p : ~~.. .............. -- M : . ...... ~ .. ....... ..... .. . __ ;.. ... . ,~ I : - _ ( i ~ ... ........ .. ._ ~ .... ...... ........ ...:::. 1 ..::.. ... . ..... :.... ... .. ........ ............. ~ . --~_ _,r,__ _ ..... ..::_ .......96a _ a . ;. _ t I ~~ i2 •• P/ ti 50' 20 Steel Casing Ptpe • •• I ~ ` I .with 12" PVC Carrier Pipe ~ ( ...... t.:.... :.. ........ . ...._.. ...., 95~ - 1 ;:: ,~ , L':/1i .~, ~: ... _ • .......... ...._.. ..._ _ :..:. y.lRTEFr _ ...... .... ~ Mi~l+i ~ I ....._.50 ...:..... :. .... ; -- r _ ~ ~ ~ ........:.: L. ( ..... 945 ..__....._~._ ..:.... ..:.:: .... . .. ...... . . 1 ~ _, ~.. 1 ........ .........~ I ::: ~7 ~ ~N >N/ ~sj 9SS al s.. O .. . j . .., I...... ~ os : .N INV (v.r)-. 9S6 di ~)- NW cws 9~Q yam- a .. a I i ~.... OP t i m i !~ .. .. ....... ... a tr ° e ~ I . I ~ .~ 935 ~ - _ ( ' E + 111 ' N ......... ......... ..._ ............. _.. .... ................ .. ~a.,,.a~r~_ .... t~ s ats I •"~ ~"~»~ •, 5t}eat-S4 Litll~ties Impr vement Pi~o}ect• ~ - _.. _... _ 1 _ _ . ~-~ -_~ nlUen~Ille; M,'nne to a•..1. 1 96 Pins .d •i l_ p d•e : C~cAra s xD xoniEl ~cv a ::' Vahdal 3e~f ~ ri r. __ .. .. . '• No• Revised 7-28-p8: Added storm sewer crosainpa on Drollle Sheet No a} of 15 Sheets 3I z d d 1 x 0 ' d m 1 . j' pale veWe Sit 28.61 18':12' I AI ..I - ~ seeured to iesd pbe, ~ .wet tap wRh 12' pate DM+O open end valve, valve box 8 riser __ ~~ . 35'-8' PVC 340'-12' PVC •• ~. i ~~ l t ~c \ X26 I 1 : 127 I~ ~,. 28 n I ~~ Ste. 25.11-12 ><12r 8 xg oss j C - ~ 55'-8' PVC / p' B Oate valve ~ .~1 GWG ern ~d pPe, Jack 20" Casing Pipe .~ with l2" Carrier Pipe t Z ~ I I ` 3 ` ~ I r I c U r' Addendum No. 1 Attachment A PROPOSAL FORM PARKSIDE 3RD ADDITION STREET & UTILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA Bids due on or before 2:00 p.m., Monday, August 5th, 1996 Kenco Construction Inc. c/o Meyer-Rohlin, Inc. 1111 Highway 25 North Buffalo, MN 55313 The undersigned, as bidder, hereby proposes and, if this proposal is accepted, agrees to furnish a bond as required and to enter into a contract with the Owner to furnish all materials, labor, skill,tools and equipment for the complete construction of streets and utilities, including all accessories as called for by the Specifications herewith, as prepared by Meyer-Rohlin, Inc., Engineers and Land Surveyors, 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo, Minnesota, 55313, acting as and in these contract documents entitled as the Engineer for the following estimated quantities and unit prices: BID "A" -_SANITARY SEWER Item No. Item QtY• Unit 1. 8" PVC (0-8') 50 l.f. 2. 8" PVC (8-10') 910 l.f. 3. 8" PVC (10-12') 1187 1 f 4. 8" PVC (12-14') 5. 8" PVC (14-16') 6. 8" PVC (16-18') 7. 8" PVC (18-20') 8. 8" PVC (20-22') 9. 8" PVC (22-24') 10. 8" PVC (24-26') 11. 8" PVC (26-28') 12. 12" PVC (16-18') 13. 12" PVC (18-20') 748 1276 349 221 50 30 432 124 10 188 l.f. l.f. l.f. l.f. l.f. l.f. l.f. l.f. l.f. l.f. Unit Price Total Price 14. 12" PVC (20-22') 831 l.f. $ $ 15. 12" PVC (22-24') 328 l.f. $ $ 16. 12" PVC (24-26') 536 l.f. $ $ 18. 12" PVC (26-28') 41 l.f. $ $ 19. Manhole, 48" dia. (0-8') 23 each $ $ 20. Manhole 48" dia. extra depth 188.23 l.f. $ $ 21. Manhole outside drop section (0-2') 2 each $ $ 22. Manhole outside drop section extra depth 15.50 l.f. $ $ 23. 8" cleanout 3 each $ $ 24. 10" cleanout 1 each $ $ 25. 12" cleanout 1 each $ $ 26. Sewer service connection 101 each $ $ 27. 4" PVC, SDR26 service pipe 4120 l.f. $ $ 28. Density tests 193 each $ $ 29. Crushed rock 40 c.y. $ $ TOTAL BID "A" $ BID "B" WATERMAIN 1. 6" PVC, C-900 197 l.f. $ $ 2. 8" PVC, C-900 5302 l.f. $ $ 3. 12" PVC, C-900 2105 l.f. $ $ 4. 6" Resilient seat gate valve, valve box & riser 13 each $ $ 5. 8" resilient seat gate valve, valve box & riser 15 each $ $ 6. 12" resilient seat gate valve, valve box & riser 7. 16" x 12" wet tap sleeve 8. Hydrant 9. 8" X 6" DIP reducer 10. 8" x 8" x 6" DIP tee 11. 8" x 8" x 8" DIP tee 12. 8" 111/,° DIP bend 13. 8" 22;4° DIP bend 14. 8" plug 15. 12" x 6" DIP reducer 16. 12" x 8" DIP reducer 17. 12" x 12" x 6"DIP tee 18. 12" x 12" x 8" DIP tee 19. 12" x 12" x 12" DIP tee 20: 12" x 12" x 8" x 8" DIP cross 21. 12" 111/,° DIP bend 22. 12" 221~z° DIP bend 23. Water service connection 24. 1" copper service pipe 25. Bacteriological tests 26. Crushed rock 27. Density tests 28. Raise valve box 29. 4" insulation 6 each $ $_ 1 each $ $_ 17 each $ $_ 3 each $ $_ 10 each $ $_ 3 each $ $_ 10 each $ $_ 11 each $ $_ 2 each $ $_ 1 each $ $_ 1 each $ $_ 3 each $ $_ 1 each $ $_ 1 each $ $. 2 each $ $. 4 each $ $. 1 each $ $, 101 each $ $. 4120 l.f. $ $ 8 each $ $ 30 c.y. $ $ 152 each $ $ 19 each $ $ 50 s.f. $ $ 30. Jacking 20" steel casing pipe with 12" PVC carrier pipe 50 l.f. $ TOTAL BID "B" BID "C" - STORM SEWER 1. 12" RCP, CL III (0-8') 2. 15" RCP, CL III (0-8') 3. 18" RCP, CL III (0-8') 4. 21" RCP, CL III (0-8') 5. 24" RCP, CL III (0-8') 6. 24" arch RCP, CL III (0-8') 7. 36" arch RCP, CL III (0-8') 8. Catch basin 27" (0-5') 9. Catch basin 27" extra depth 10. Catch basin 48" (0-5') 11. Catch basin 48" extra depth 12. Catch basin 60" (0-5') 13. Catch basin 60" extra depth 14. 18" RCP apron w/galvanized trash guard 15. 21" RCP apron w/galvanized trash guard 138 l.f. $ 777 l.f. $ 988 1 . f . $ 1027 1 . f . $ 175 l.f. $ 16 l.f. $ 196 1 . f . $ 13 each $ 0.6 l.f. $ 21 each $ 2.2 l.f. $ 3 each $ 0.3 l.f. $ 2 each $ 1 each $ $. $. $. $. $. $. 16. 24" RCP apron w/galvanized trash guard 1 each $ $ 17. 36" arch RCP apron w/galvanized trash guard 1 each $ $ 18. Random riprap class III 27 c.y. $ $ 19. Granular filter blanket 11 c.y. $ $ 20. 4" perforated pipe w/sock 3720 l.f. $ $ 21. 8" perforated pipe w/sock 1074 l.f. $ $ 22. 4" x 4" x 4" draintile tee w/cap 66 each $ $ 23. 8" X 8" X 4" draintile tee w/cap 20 each $ $ 24. 4" x 4" x 4" x 4" draintile cross 1 each $ $ 25. 4" draintile cleanout 18 each $ $ 26. 8" draintile cleanout 3 each $ $ 27. Crushed rock 30 c.y. $ $ 28. Density 65 each $ $ TOTAL BID "C" $ BID "D" - STREETS 1. Subgrade preparation 23455 s.y. $ $ 2. Geotextile fabric type V 23455 s.y. $ $ 3. Aggregate base placed Class 5 (CV) 8058 c.y. $ $ 4. Surmountable curb & gutter 12650 1 . f . $ $ 5. Curb & gutter B618 1450 l.f. $ $ 6. 4" concrete pavement 7. Type 31 base course mixture 8. Type 41 wear course mixture 9. Permanent barricades 10. Adjust manhole casting to grade 11. Adjust gate valve 12. Density 13. Seed, fertilize, 2 c.y. $ $ 64242 sy-in $ $ 39799 sy-in $ $ 32 l.f. $ $ 24 each $ $ 19 each $ $ 70 each $ $ mulch, disk anchor 13.0 acres $_ TOTAL BID "D" TOTAL BIDS "A", "B", "C", & "D" Subcontractors to be used in the work must be shown below. Name Name Address Name Address If this proposal is accepted, the bidder agrees to commence work and to complete all work according to the schedule in the special provisions. This proposal is submitted after careful study of the plans and specifications and from a personal knowledge of the conditions, both surface and subsoil, at the various sites, which knowledge was obtained from the undersigned's own sources of information and not from any official or employee of the Owner. The undersigned does declare this proposal is made without improper connection with any other person or persons making a proposal on this same contract and is in al respects fair and without collusion or fraud and the undersigned does further declare that no person or persons acting in any official capacity for the Owner is directly or indirectly interested in the proposal herein or in the supplies or works to which Address it relates or in any portion of the profits thereof. It is understood and agreed that this proposal cannot be withdawn within thirty (30) days after the opening of bids without the consent of the Owner and that the Owner has the right to accept the lowest responsive- responsible bidder or reject any or all proposals. ADDENDUM RECEIPT The receipt of the following Addenda to the Specifications is acknowledged. Addendum No. Date Addendum No. Date Addendum No. Date Legal Name of Person, Firm or Corporation BY COMPANY ADDRESS PHONE i~ INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS In order for proposals to be entitled to consideration, they must be in accordance with the following instructions: A. GENERAL All proposals shall be submitted on forms furnished by the Engineer. All information, lump sums and unii~ prices requested shall be completely filled out by typewriter or in ink. All corporation bids shall bear the official seal of the corpora- tion. The bid shall be submitted on the unbound proposal forms. A proposal may be withdrav,n, without .prejudice to the bidder, by written request prior to the hour of the leti:ing. Proposals so withdravan may be resubmitted at any time prior to the time set for opening of proposals. The Cvr-ner reserves t:he right to reject any or all proposals, and to waive any informalities and irregularities in the bidding. B. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS The Owner may rec,-uest that the bidder submit information necessary to satisfy the Cwner that the bid'.der is adequately prepared to fulfill the contract. Such information may include past performance records, lists of available personnel, plants and equipment, financial statements, or any other pertinent information. C. PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL The bidder shall submit his proposal on the forms provided by the Engineer. The blank spaces on the proposail shall be filled in correctly for every item for which a quant;ity is given, and the bidder shall state the prices for which he proposes to do each item of werk. The bidder's proposal shall be signed correctly in ink. The signature acknowleges that the bidder is providing the informa- tion required and has received all Addenda to the Specifica- tions. D. SUBCONTRACTORS The names and addresses of all subcontractors that the bidder intends to employ on the project shall be li~~ted in the spaces provided on the proposal form. No other subcontractors shall be used on the project without the varitten approval of the Engineer. page 2 i~ I ' E. BID SECURITY Each bid shall be accompanied by a certified check, cashier's check, or bidders bond in the amount of five (5%) percent of the ' bid, as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into the proposed contract within the time specified. Should the bidder whose proposal has been accepted by the Owner refuse, fail or neglect to execute the contract and furnish a satisfactory surety bond, it is understood and agreed between the Owner and said accepted bidder that the five (5%) percent of bid security shall be the amount of the liquidated damages occasioned by such refusal , failure, or neglect; and that thereupon said Owner shall realize on such bid security and use the proceeds in payment of said damages. The bid security accompanying. rejected bids vtill be ' promptly returned to the bidders upon the. execution of a contract or the rejection of bids. ' F PLANS AND . SPECIFICATIONS Copies of proposal forms, plans and specifications for use by ' contractors submitting a bid may be obtained from the Engineer on deposit of the sum of ($ ) Dollars. This deposit will not be refundable. G. EXAMINATION F O SITE AND DOCUMENTS ' Bidders shall satisfy themselves by a personal examination of the site as to all local conditions affecting the performance of the Contract, such as the structure of the ground, the existance ' of surface and ground water, availability of drainage, obstacles which may be encountered means of h t - , approac o the site, and the manner of delivery and handling of materials. ' _he bidder, in submitting his proposal, is deemed to accept all conditions as the same as are eventually found to exist and to waive all claim for extra compensation arising from the 1 encountering of unforeseen difficulties except as the same are expressly provided for in either the specifications or the contract. Bidders shall also carefully examine the plans and ' read the specifications before submitting bids on the work to be done. If any bidder contem latin b itt p g su m ing a bid for the proposed contract is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the plans, .specifications, or other proposed contract ' documents, he may submit to the Engineer a written request for an interpretation thereof. The clarification of the proposed documents will be made only by an addendum duly issued. A copy of such an addendum will be mailed or delivered to each person ' receiving a copy of the plans and specifications and to such other prospective bidders as have requested that they be ' furnished with a copy of such an addendum. page 3 i~ All addenda issued to bidders prior to the date of receipt of proposals shall become a part of the contract documents, and all proposals are to include the work therein described. Each proposal submitted shall list all addenda by number which have been received prior to the time scheduled for receipt of proposals. H. ADHERENCE TO SPECIFICATIONS All work shall be done in strict accordance with the specifica- tions and plans and such addenda as may be issued from time to time by the Engineer. Bidders shall be held strictly to the intent of the plans and specifications. I. REJECTION OF BIDS The right is reserved to reject any or all bids or to accept such bid, as in the opinion of the Owner will be to the best interests of the Owner. No bidder may withdraw his bid for at least thirty (30) days after the scheduled closing time for the receipt of bids. J. CONDITIONS IN BIDDER'S PROPOSAL The bidder shall not stipulate in his proposal any conditions not provided for on the proposal form. K. INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATES Bidders shall examine to their satisfaction the quantities of work to be done, as determined from the plans and specifica- tions. The Engineer's estimate of quantities as shown on the proposal shall be used as a basis of calculation upon which the award of contract will be made, but these quantities are not guaranteed to be accurate and are furnished without any liability on the part of the Owner. Bidders must rely on their own calculations and shall be thoroughly familiar with the contract documents. L. DELIVERY OF PROPOSALS All bids shall be placed in a sealed envelope with a statement thereon showing the work covered by the bid and addressed to the address stipulated in the Request for Bids. Proposals may be mailed or submitted in person. No proposals received via facsimile shall be accepted. No bids will be received after the time set for receiving them. Bids arriving by mail at the office of the Owner after the hour designated for receiving bids will be .returned to the sender unopened. The Engineer will not deliver bids to the place of the bid opening. page 4 i~ M. REJECTION OF PROPOSALS Proposals may be rejected if they show any omission, alteration of form, additions not called for, conditional bids or alternate bids not specified, or irregularities of any kind. Proposals in which the prices are obviously unbalanced may be rejected. N. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS More than one proposal for the same project from any individual firm, partnership or corporation under the same or different ' names will not be considered. Collusion. between the bidders will be considered sufficient cause for the: rejection of-all bids so affected. C [~ II II C 1 Failure on the part of ar~y contracts satisfactorily, or his. necessary for the satisfactory. deemed sufficient cause for his O. UNIT PRICES bidder tocarry .out previous lack of. experience or equipment completion of the vaork, may be discualification. In case of error in the extension of prices, the unit bid prices shall Govern. The Owner reserves the right to vaaive any informality in the bids at his discreticn. page 5 i~ PROPOSAL FORM PARKSIDE 3RD ADDITION STREET & UTILITIES IMPROVEMENT PROJECT ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA Bids due on or before 2:00 p.m., Monday, August 2nd, 1996 Kenco Construction Inc. c/o Meyer-Rohlin, Inc. 1111 Highway 25 North Buffalo, MN 55313 The undersigned, as bidder, hereby proposes and, if this proposal is accepted, agrees to furnish a bond as required and to enter into a contract with the Owner to furnish all materials, labor, skill,tools and equipment for the complete construction of streets and utilities, including all accessories as called for by the Specifications herewith, as prepared by Meyer-Rohlin, Inc., Engineers and Land Surveyors, 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo, Minnesota, 55313, acting as and in these contract documents entitled as the Engineer for the following estimated quantities and unit prices: BID "A" - SANITARY SEWER Item No. Item Qty. Unit 1. 8" PVC (0-8') 50 l.f. 2. 8" PVC (8-10') 3. 8" PVC (10-12') 4. 8" PVC (12-14') 5. 8" PVC (14-16') 6. 8" PVC (16-18') 7. 8" PVC (18-20') 8. 8" PVC (20-22') 9. 8" PVC (22-24') 10. 8" PVC (24-26') 11. 8" PVC (26-28') 12. 12" PVC (16-18') 910 1187 748 1276 349 221 50 30 432 124 10 l.f. l.f. l.f. l.f. l.f. l.f. l.f. l.f. l.f. l.f. l.f. Unit Price Total Price 6 13. 12" PVC (18-20') 188 l.f. $ $ 14. 12" PVC (20-22') 831 l.f. $ $ 15. 12" PVC (22-24') 328 l.f. $ $ 16. 12" PVC (24-26') 536 l.f. $ $ 18. 12" PVC (26-28') 41 l.f. $ $ 19. Manhole, 48" dia. (0-8') 23 each $ $ 20. Manhole 48" dia. extra depth 188.23 l.f. $ $ 21. Manhole outside drop section (0-2') 2 each $ $ 22. Manhole outside drop section extra depth 15.50 l.f. $ $ 23. 8" cleanout 3 each $ $ 24. 10" cleanout 1 each $ $ 25. 12" cleanout 1 each $ $ 26. Sewer service connection 101 each $ $ 27. 4" PVC, SDR26 service pipe 4120 l.f. $ $ 28. Density tests 193 each $ $ 29. Crushed rock 40 c.y. $ $ TOTAL BID "A" $ BID "B" WATERMAIN 1. 6" PVC, C-900 197 l.f. $ $ 2. 8" PVC, C-900 5302 l.f. $ $ 3. 12" PVC, C-900 2105 l.f. $ $ 4. 6" Resilient seat gate valve, valve box & riser 13 each $ $ 7 5. 8" resilient seat gate valve, valve box & riser 6. 12" resilient seat gate valve, valve box & riser 7. 16" x 12" wet tap sleeve 8. Hydrant 9. 8" X 6" DIP reducer 10. 8" x 8" x 6" DIP tee 11. 8" x 8" x 8" DIP tee 12. 8" 11%° DIP bend 13. 8" 22;x° DIP bend 14. 8" plug 15. 12" x 6" DIP reducer 16. 12" x 8" DIP reducer 17. 12" x 12" x 6"DIP tee 18. 12" x 12" x 8" DIP tee 19. 12" x 12" x 12" DIP tee 20. 12" x 12" x 8" x 8" DIP cross 21. 12" 111/° DIP bend 22. 12" 22;¢° DIP bend 23. Water service connection 24. 1" copper service pipe 25. Bacteriological tests 26. Crushed rock 27. Density tests 15 each $ 6 each $ $ 1 each $ $ 17 each $ $ 3 each $ $ 10 each $ $ 3 each $ $ 10 each $ $ 11 each $ $ 2 each $ $ 1 each $ $ 1 each $ $ 3 each $ $ 1 each $ $ 1 each $ $ 2 each $ $ 4 each $ $ 1 each $ $ 101 each $ $ 4120 l.f. $ $ 8 each $ $ 30 c.y. $ $ 152 each $ $ 8 28. Raise valve box 29. 4" insulation BID "C" - STORM SEWER 1. 12" RCP, CL III (0-8') 2. 15" RCP, CL III (0-8') 3. 18" RCP, CL III (0-8') 4. 21" RCP, CL III (0-8') 5. 24" RCP, CL III (0-8') 6. 24" arch RCP, CL III (0-8') 7. 36" arch RCP, CL III (0-8') 8.' Catch basin 27" (0-5') 9. Catch basin 27" extra depth 10. Catch basin 48" (0-5') 11. Catch basin 48" extra depth 12. Catch basin 60" (0-5') 13. Catch basin 60" extra depth 14. 18" RCP apron w/galvanized trash guard 15. 21" RCP apron 19 each $ 50 s.f. $ TOTAL BID "B" 138 l.f. $ 777 l.f. $ 988 1 . f . $ 1027 1 . f . $ 175 l.f. $ 16 l.f. $ 196 l.f. $ 13 l.f. $ 0.6 l.f. $ 21 each $ 2.2 l.f. $ 3 l.f. $ 0.3 l.f. $ 2 each $ $. $. $. $. $. $. 9 w/galvanized trash guard 1 each $ $ 16. 24" RCP apron w/galvanized trash guard 1 each $ $ 17. 36" arch RCP apron w/galvanized trash guard 1 each $ $ 18. Random riprap class III 27 c.y. $ $ 19. Granular filter blanket 11 c.y. $ $ 20. 4" perforated pipe w/sock 3720 l.f. $ $ 21. 8" perforated pipe w/sock 1074 l.f. $ $ 22. 4" x 4" x 4" draintile tee w/cap 66 each $ $ 23. 8" X 8" X 4" draintile tee w/cap 20 each $ $ 24. 4" x 4" x 4" x 4" draintile cross 1 each $ $ 25. 4" draintile cleanout 18 each $ $ 26. 8" draintile cleanout 3 each $ $ 27. Crushed rock 30 each $ $ 28. Density 65 each $ $ TOTAL BID "C" $ BID "D" - STREETS 1. Subgrade preparation 23455 s.y. $ $ 2. Geotextile fabric type V 23455 s.y. $ $ 3. Aggregate base. placed Class 5 (CV) 8058 c.y. $ $ 10 4. Surmountable curb & gutter 5. Curb & gutter B618 6. 4" concrete pavement 7. Type 31 base course mixture 8. Type 41 wear course mixture 9. Permanent barricades 10. Adjust manhole casting to grade 11. Adjust gate valve 12. Density 13. Seed, fertilize, 12650 l.f. $ $. 1450 1 . f . $ $. 2 c.y. $ $ 64242 sy-in $ $ 39799 sy-in $ $ 32 l.f. $ $ 24 each $ $ 19 each $ $ 70 each $ $ mulch, disk anchor 13.0 acres $_ TOTAL BID "D" TOTAL BIDS "A", "B", "C", & "D" Subcontractors to be used in the work must be shown below. Name Name Name Address Address Address If this proposal is accepted, the bidder agrees to commence work and to complete all work according to the schedule in the special provisions. This proposal is submitted after careful study of the plans and specifications and from a personal knowledge of the conditions, both surface and subsoil, at the various sites, which knowledge was obtained from the undersigned's own sources of information and not from any official or employee of the Owner. 11 II The undersigned does declare this proposal is made without improper connection with any other person or persons making a proposal on this same contract and is in al respects fair and without collusion or fraud and the undersigned does further declare that no person or persons acting in any official capacity for the Owner is directly or indirectly interested in the proposal herein or in the supplies or works to which it relates or in any portion of the profits thereof. It is understood and agreed that this proposal cannot be withdawn within thirty (30) days after the opening of bids without the consent of the Owner and that the Owner has the right to accept the lowest responsive- responsible bidder or reject any or all proposals. ADDENDUM RECEIPT The receipt of the following Addenda to the Specifications is acknowledged. Addendum No. Date Addendum No. Date Addendum No. Date Legal Name of Person, Firm or Corporation BY COMPANY ADDRESS PHONE 12 i~ CONTRACT AGREEMENT PROJECT 96105-A THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the day of 1996, by and between hereinafter called the Contractor, and Kenco Construction,Inc., hereinafter called the Owner. WITNESSETH: That the Contractor and the Owner for the considerations hereinafter agree as follows: ARTICLE 1 - SCOPE OF WORK The Contractor shall furnish all of the material and perform all of the work shown on the plans and drawings as described in the specifications entitled, "PARKSIDE THIRD ADDITION STREET AND UTILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA", as prepared by Meyer-Rohlin, Inc., Engineers and Land Surveyors, 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo, Minnesota, acting as and in .these contract documents entitled "Engineer". ARTICLE 2 - COMPLETION OF WORK The Contractor shall complete the work as specified within the specifications. ARTICLE 3 - THE CONTRACT SUM The Owner agrees to pay and the Contractor agrees to receive and accept payment in accordance with the unit prices bid and based upon the estimated quantities for the combined estimated sum as set forth in the accepted Contractors Proposal on file with the Owner, to be DOLLARS ( $ ) . ARTICLE 4 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents shall consist of the following component parts: 13 u 1) The Accepted Proposal 2) Instructions to Bidders 3) Contract Agreement 4) General Conditions 5) Supplemental Conditions 6) Special Provisions 7) Street Construction Specifications 8) Concrete Curb Specifications 9) Standard Utilities Specifications, Part II 10) Joint Powers Specifications w/Addenda 11) Drawings 96105-A (16 sheets) This Instrument, together with the documents above mentioned, form the Contract, and they are as fully a part of the Contract as if hereto attached or herein repeated. ARTICLE 5 - PAYMENTS The Contractor shall submit monthly requests for payment to the Engineer, as per specifications, including lien waivers requesting payment for all materials, and labor expended for the payment period. The Owner will retain five (50) percent of the amount of the payment until full completion of the Contract. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed in three counterparts as of the day and year first above written. KENCO CONSTRUCTION, INC. BY BY Kent Roessler 14 This document has important legal consequences: consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect~to its completion or modification. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION- CONTRACT Prepared by Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and Issued and Published Jointly By ii ®` ®~ ACEC PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE A practice dirision of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN CONSULTING ENGINEERS COUNCIL AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS This document has been approved and endorsed by ;, The Associated General =~^,'~,= Contractors of America ,.,~.• These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Ov,~ner-Contractor Agreements (No. ]9]0-8-A-1 or 1910-8-A-2) (1990 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the others. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the Commentary on Agreements for Engineering Services and Contract Documents (No. 1910-9) (1986 Edition). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (No. 1910-17) (1990 Edition). When bidding is involved, the Standard .Form of Instructions to Bidders (No. 1910-12) (1990 Edition) may be used. EDCDC No. 1910-8 (1990 Edition) Reprinted 7/95 i n J II 7 J 0 i C TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page NumGer & Title IViunber NumGer & Title ,'~'u mGer 1. DEFINITIONS ................................... 13 2.5-2.7 Before Starting Construction; 1.1 Addenda ..... 13 CONTRACTOR's Responsibility to 1.2 Agreement ........................... 13 Report: Preliminary Schedules; 1.3 Application for Payment .............. 13 Delivery of Certificates of 1.4 Asbestos ............................. 13 Insurance ..................... 15 1.5 Bid ................................... 13 2.8 ..... Preconstruction Conference ........ IS 1.6 Bidding Documents ................... 13 2.9 ... Initially .Acceptable Schedules .... 16 1.7 Bidding Requirements ................ 13 ..... 1.8 Bonds ................................ 13 3. CONT RACT DOCUA4ENTS: INTENT, 1.9 Chan e Order .,.,.,,,,,, g ............. 13 AMENDING, REUSE ............................ I6 1.10 Contract Documents .................. 13 3.1-3.2 Intent ... ,............................ 16 i .1 I Contract Price ........................ 13 3.3 Reference to Standards and 1.12 Contract Times ....................... 13 .Specifications of Technical Societies; 1.13 CONTRACTOR ...................... 13 Reporting and Resolving 1.14 defective ............................. 13 Discrepancies ...................... Ib I.15 Drawings ............................. 13 3.4 Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives .. 17 1.16 Effective Date of the Agreement ...... 13 3.5 Amending Contract Documents ....... 17 1.17 ENGINEER .......................... 13 3.6 Supplementing Contract Documents ... 17 1.18 ENGINEER's Consultant ............. 13 3.7 Reuse of Documents .................. 17 1.19 Field Order .............. 1.20 General Requirements ................ I4 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND 1.21 Hazardous Waste ..................... 14 PHYSI CALCONDITIONS;REFERENCEPOINTS . 17 1.22 Laws and Regulations; Laws or 4.1 Availability of Lands .................. 17 Regulations 14 4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ... 17 1.23 Liens . .............................. 14 4.2.1 Reports and Drawings ................ 17 1.24 Milestone ............................. 14 4.2.2 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR 1.25 Notice of Award ...................... 14 Authorized; Technical Data ......... 18 1.26 . Notice to Proceed .................... 14 4.2.3 Notice of Differing Subsurface or 1.27 OWI`ER ' ............................. 14 Physical Conditions ................. 18 1.28 Partial Utilization .... • ~ • • ~ ~ ~ 14 4.2.4 ENGINEER's Review ................ 18 1.29 PCBs ................................. 14 4.2.5 Possible Contract Documents Change 18 1.30 Petroleum ............................ 14 4.2.6 Possible Price and Times Adjustments . 18 1.31 Project , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , 14 4.3 Physical Conditions-Underground 1.32 Radioactive A4atetial ... ............... 14 Facilities ........................... 18 1.33 Resident Project Representative ....... 14 4.3.1 Shown orlndicated ................... 18 1.34 Samples ....... 14 4.3.2 Not Shov,~n or Indicated .............. 19 1.35 Shop Drawings ....................... 14 4.4 Reference Points ...................... 19 1.36 Specifications ......................... 14 4.5 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous 1.37 Subcontractor ........................ 14 Waste or Radioactive Material ...... 19 1.38 Substantial Completion ............... 14 1.39 Supplementary Conditions ............ 14 5. BOND S AND INSURANCE ..................... 20 1.40 Supplier .............................. 14 5.1-5.2 Performance, Payment and Other Bonds . 20 .1.41 Underground Facilities ................ 14 5.3 Licensed Sureties and Insurers; 1.42 Unit Price Work 14 Certificates of Insurance ............ 20 1.43 Work ................................. 15 5.4 CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance 20 1.44 Work Change Directive 15 5.5 OWNER's Liability Insurance ........ 21 1.45 Written Amendment .................. 15 5.6 Property Insurance ................... 21 2. PRE LIMINARY MATTERS ..... 15 5.7 Boiler and Machinery or Additional 2.1 ................. Delivery of Bonds .................... 15 5.8 Property Insurance ................. Notice of Cancellation Provisions 21 21 2.2 Copies of Documents ................. 15 '= 5.9 ..... CONTRACTOR's Responsibility for 2.3 Commencement of Contract Times; Deductible Amounts ............ 22 Notice to Proceed .................. 15 5.10 .... Other Special Insurance 22 2.4 Starting the Work ..................... 15 5.11 ............... Waiver of Rights ...................... 22 i Article or Paragraph Number & Title N 5.12-5.13 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds ........................... 5.14 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace ................. 5.15 Partial Utilization-Property Insurance .......................... 6. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Page umber 22 22 23 6.1-6.2 Supervision and Superintendence ...... 6.3-6.5 Labor, Materials and Equipment ...... 6.6 Progress Schedule .................... 6.7 Substitutes and "Or-Equal" Items; CONTRACTOR'S Expense; Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures; ENGINEER'S Evaluation .......... 6.8-6.11 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others; \\'aiver of Rights ...... . 6.12 Patent Fees and Royalties ............. 6.13 Permits ............................... 6.14 Laws and Regulations ................ 6.15 Taxes ................................ 6.16 Use of Premises ...................... 6.17 Site Cleanliness ....................... 6.18 Safe Structural Loading ............... 6.19 Record Documents ................... 6.20 Safety and Protection ................. 6.21 Safety Representative ................. 6.22 Hazard Communication Programs ..... 6.23 Emergencies .......................... 6.24 Shop Drawings and Samples .......... 6.25 Submittal Procedures; CONTRACTOR'S Review Prior to Shop DraH~ing or Sample Submittal . 6.26 Shop Drawing & Sample Submittals Review by ENGINEER ............ 6.27 Responsibility for Variation From Contract Documents ................ 6.28 Related Work Performed Prior to ENGINEER'S Review and Approval of Required Submittals ............. 6.29 Continuing the \\'ork .................. 6.30 CONTRACTOR'S General Warranty and Guarantee ............ 6.31-6.33 Indemnification ....................... 6.34 Survival of Obligations ................ 23 23 23 23 23 24 25 25 2S 25 26 26 26 26 26 26 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 28 28 28 28 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 7. OTHER WORK .................................. 7.1-7.3 Related Work at Site .................. 7.4 Coordination 8. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ................. g.l Communications to Contractor ........ 8.2 Replacement of ENGINEER .......... g•3 Furnish Data and Pay Promptly When Due ................................ 8.4 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests ............................... 8.5 Insurance ............................. Article yr Paragraph Number & Title N g.6 Change Orders ....................... g•7 Inspections, Tests and Approvals ...... g.g Stop or Suspend Work; Terminate CONTRACTOR'S Services ......... 8.9 Limitations on OWNER's Responsibilities ... .................. 8.10 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material ..... . 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements . . Page , umber 29 ' 29 29 9. ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION ............................... 9.1 OWNER's Representative ............ 9.2 Visits to Site .......................... 9.3 Project Representative ................ 9.4 Clarifications and Interpretations ...... 9.5 Authorized Variations in Work ........ 9.6 Rejecting Defective Work ............. 9.7-9.9 Shop Drawings, Change Orders arSd Payments .................... 9.10 Determinations for Unit Prices ........ 9.11-9.12 Decisions on Disputes; ENGINEER as Initial interpreter ... ................ 9.13 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities ...... 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK ..................... 10.1 OWNER Ordered Change ........... . 10.2 Claim for Adjustment ................. 10.3 Work Not Required by Contract Documents ......................... 10.4 Change Orders 10.5 Notification of Surety ................ . 11. CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE .............. 11.1-11.3 Contract Price; Claim for Adjustment;. Value of the Work .................. 11.4 Cost of the Work .................... . 11.5 Exclusions to Cost of the Work ...... . 11.6 CONTRACTOR'S Fee ................ 11.7 Cost Records ......................... 11.8 Cash Allowances ..................... 11.9 Unit Price Work ••••••••••••••••••• 12. CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES .............. 12.1 Claim for Adjustment ................. 12.2 Time of the Essence .................. 12.3 Delays Beyond CONTRAC'I'OR's Control ............................ 12.4 Delays Beyond OWNER'S and CONTRACTOR'S Control .......... 30 ' 30 30 ' 30 30 ' 30 30 30 30 ' 30 31 ' 31 31 31 ' 32 32 ' 32 32 32 1 32 32 33 34 34 34 35 35 35 35 35 35 3S 36 36 36 36 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK . .......................... 13.1 Notice of Defects ..................... 13.7 Access to the Work ................... 13.3 Tests and Inspections; Contractor's Cooperation ........................ 2 i~ Article or ParagraPlt Page Number & Tit le Ntunber 13.4 O\~VNER's Responsibilities; Independent Testing Laboratory .... 36 13.5 CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities ..... 36 13.6-13.7 CoveringWork Prior to Inspection, Testing or Approval ................ 36 13.8-13.9 Uncovering Work at ENGINEER'S Request ............................ 36 13.10 OWNER A4ay Stop the Work ......... 36 13.11 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ................. ........... 37 13.12 Correction Period ..................... 13.13 Acceptance of Defective Work ........ 37 13.14 OWNER A~ay Correct Defective Work .................. ...... 37 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ................................. 37 14.1 Schedule of Values .................... 37 14.2 Application for Progress Payment ..... 38 14.3 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title ... 38 14.4-14.7 Review of Applications for Progress Payments ................. 38 14.8-14.9 Substantial Completion ............... 39 14.10 Partial Utilization ..................... 39 14.11 Finallnspection ...................... 39 Article or Paragraph pale Number & Title Nrunber 14.12 Final Application for Payment ......... 40 14.13-14.14 Final Payment and Acceptance ........ 40 14.15 Waiver of Claims ..................... 40 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION ................................ 40 15.1 OWNER May Suspend Work ......... 40 15.2-15.4 OWNER May Terminate .............. 40 15.5 CONTRACTOR A7ay Stop Work or Terminate .......................... 41 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION ....................... 41 17. 1~41SCELLANEOUS ............................. 42 17.1 Giving Notice ........................ 42 17.2 Computation of Times. ................ 42 17.3. Notice of Claim ....................... 42 17.4 Cumulative Remedies ................. 42 17.5 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included ........................... 42 EXHIBIT GC-A (Optional): Dispute Resolution Agreement (Optional) ..... GC-Al ]6.1-16.6 Arbitration .................... GC-A1 16.7 Mediation ..................... GC-A2 3 INDEX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS Article or Paragraph Number Acceptance of- Bonds and Insurance ................................ 5.14 defec•ti~e Work ....................... 10.4.1,13.13,13.15 final payment ................................. 9.12, 14.15 insurance ........................................... 5.14 other Work, by CONTRACTOR ...................... 7.3 Substitutes and "Or-Equal" Items .................. 6.7.1 Work by OWNER ........................ 2.5, 6.30, 6.34 Access to the- Lands, OWNER and CONTRACTOR responsibilities ..................................... 4.1 site, related work .................................... 7.2 Work . .................................. 13.2, 13.14, 14.9 Acts or Omissions-, Acts and Omissions- CONTRACTOR ............................ 6.9.1, 9.13.3 ENGINEER ................................ 6.20, 9.13.3 OWNER ....................................... 6.20,8.9 Addenda-definition of (also see definition of Specifications) ........... (1.6, 1.10, 6.19) 1.1 Additional Property Insurances ......................... S.7 Adjustments Contract Price or Contract Times ......... 1.5, 3.5, 4.1, 4.3.2, 4.5.2, 4.5.3, 9.4, 9.5, 10.2-10.4, 11, 12, 14.8, ]S.l progress schedule .................................... 6.6 Agreement- defi nition of .......................................... 1.2 All risk Insurance,. policy form ........................5.6.2 Allowances, Cash ..................................... 11.8 Amending Contract Documents ......................... 3.S Amendment, Written- in general .... 1.10, 1.45, 3.5, 5.10, 5.12, 6.6.2, 6.8.2, 6.19, 10.1,_]0.4, 11.2, 12.1, 13.12.2, 14.7.2 Appeal, OWNER or CONTRACTOR intent to ...................... 9.10, 9.11, 10.4, 16.2, 16.5 Application for Payment- defi nition of .......................................... 1.3 ENGINEER'S Responsibility ......................... 9.9 final payment .................. 9.13.4, 9.13.5, 14.12-14.15 in general ....................... 2.8, 2.9, 5.6.4, 9.10, 1S.S progress payment .............................. 14.1, 14.7 review of ...................................... 14.4-14.7 Arbitration (Optional) ............................. 16.1-16.6 Asbestos- claims pursuant thereto .......................4.5.2, 4.5.3 CONTRACTOR authorized to stop Work ...........4.5.2 defi nition of .......................................... 1.4 OWNER responsibility for .................... 4.5.1, 8.10 possible price and times change .....................4.5.2 Authorized Variations in Work ........... 3.6, 6.25, 6.27, 9.5 Availability of Lands ............................... 4.1, 8.4 Award, Notice of-defined ............................ 1.25 Before Starting Construction ........................ 2.5-2.8 Bid-defi nition of ...................................... I.S (1.1, 1.10, 2.3, 3.3, 4.2.6.4, 6.13, 11.4.3, 11.9.1) Article or Pcvagrnph Number Bidding Documents-definition of ................ 1.6 (6.8.2) Bidding Requirements~efinitions of ...... 1.7 (l.l, 4.2.6.2) Bonds- acceptance of .......................................5.14 additional bonds ........................... 10.5, 11.4.5.9 Cost of the Work .................................. 11.5.4 defi nition of .......................................... 1.8 delivery of ...................................... 2.1, S.l final application for payment ................. 14.12-14.14 general ...............1.10, S.1-S.3, 5.13, 9.13,10.5, 14.7.6 performance, Payment and Other ................. S.1-S.2 Bonds and Insurance-in general ......................... S Builder's risk "all risk" policy form ...................5.6.2 Cancellation Provisions, Insurance ........5.4.11., 5.8, S.IS Cash Allowances ...................................... 11.8 Certificate of Substantial Completion ......... i.38, 6.30.2.3, 14.8, 14.10 Certificates of Inspection ................9.13.4, 13.5, 14.12 Certificates of Insurance .. 2.7, 5.3, 5.4.11, 5.4.13, 5.6.5, 5.8, ....................................... 5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12 Change in Contract Price- Cash Allowances ................................... 11.8 claim for price adjustment ..... 4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, S.1S, 6.8.2, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 10.5, 11.2, 13.9, 13.13, 13.14, 15.1, 1S.S CONTRACTOR'S fee ............................... 11.6 Cost of the Work general ...................................... 11.4-]1.7 Exclusions to ....................................... 11.5 Cost Records ....................................... 11.7 in general .............. 1.19, 1.44, 9.11, 10.4.2, 10.4.3, 11 Lump Sum Pricing ................................. 11.3.2 Notification of Surety ............................... IO.S Scope of ....................................... 10.3-10.4 Testing and Inspection, Uncovering the Work ........ 13.9 Unit Price Work .................................... 11.9 Value of Work ...................................... 11.3 Change in Contract Times- Claim for times adjustment .... 4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, S.1S, 6.8.2, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 10.5, 12.1, 13.9, 13.13, 13.14, 14.7, 15.1, 1S.S Contractual time limits .............................. 12.2 Delays beyond CONTRACTOR's control ............ 12.3 Delays beyond OWNER'S and CONTRACTOR'S con- trol ............................................... 12.4 Notification of surety ............................... 10.5 Scope of change ............................... 10.3-10.4 Change Orders- A cceptance of Defective \Vork ..................... 13.13 Amending Contract Documents ...................... 3.S Cash Allowances ................................... 11.8 Change of Contract Price ............................. 11 Change of Contract Times ............................ 12 Changes in the Work .................................. 10 CONTRACTOR's fee ............................... 11.6 Cost of the Work ............................... 11.4-11.7 0 L n n 0 r i u J Article or Paragraph Number Cost Records .... ......................... ..... 11.7 definition of .......................................... 1.9 emergencies ........................................ 6.23 ENGINEER'S responsibility ......... 9.8, ]0.4, 11.2, 12.1 execution of ........................................ 10.4 Indemnification .....................6.12, 6.16, 6.31, 6.33 Insurance, Bonds and ...................5.10, 5.13, 10.5 OWNER may terminate ........................ 15.2-15.4 OWNER'S Responsibility ....................... 8.6 10.4 Physical Conditions- ' ...... Subsurface and, .............................. 4.2 Underground Facilities ........................... 4.3.2 Record Documents ............................. .6.19 ... Scope of Change ............................... ]0.3-10.4 Substitutes ................................... 6.7.3, 6.8.2 Unit Price Work .................................... 11.9 value of Work, covered by .......................... 11.3 Changes in the Work ....................................10 Notification of surety ............................... 10.5 OWNER's and CONTRACTOR'S responsibilities .... 10.4 Right to an adjustment .............................. 10.2 Scope of change ............................... 10.3-10.4 Claims- against CONTRACTOR .............................6.16 against ENGINEER ................................ 6.32 against OWNER .................................... 6.32 Change of Contract Price ....................... 9.4, 11.2 Change of Contract Times .. .. 9.4, 12.1 CONTRACTOR's 4, 7.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 11.2, 11.9, 12.1, 14.8,1S.1,15.S,17.3 CONTRACTOR'S Fee .............................. 11.6 CONTRACTOR's liability ............ 5.4, 6.12, 6.16, 6.31 Cost of the Work .............................. 11.4, 11.5 Decisions on Disputes ......................... 9.11, 9.12 Dispute Resolution .................................. 16.1 Dispute Resolution Agreement .................. 16.1-16.6 ENGINEER as initial interpretor .................... 9.11 Lump Sum Pricing ................................ 11.3.2 Notice of ................... .. 17.3 ...................... OWNER'S ........... 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, ]0.2, 11.2, l 1.9, 12.1, 13.9, 13.13, 13.14, 17.3 OWNER'S liability ................................... S.S OWNER may refuse to make payment .............. 14.7 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included .......... 17.5 request for formal decision on .......................9.11 Substitute items .................................. 6.7.1.2 Time Extension . .............................. .12.1 • ... Time requirements ............................ 9.11, 12.1 Unit Price Work ........................... .11.9.3 Value of .............. ...... 11.3 Waiver of-on Final Payment ................ 14.14, 14.15 Work Change Directive ...................... 10 2 written notice required ................... 9.11, 11.2, 12.1 Clarifications and Interpretations ............3.6.3, 9.4, 9.1 Clean Site ........................................ .6.17 Codes of Technical Society, Organization or .................. Association .................... 3.3.3 Commencement of Contract Times ..................... 2.3 Communications- Article or Paragraph Number general .................................... 6.2, 6.9.2,8.1 Hazard Communication Programs ................... 6.22 Completion- Final Application for Payment ...................... 14.12 Final Inspection .............. .. 14.11 ............ ...... Final Payment and Acceptance ............... 14.13-14.14 Partial Utilization .................................. 14.10 Substantial Completion ................... 1.38, 14.8-14.9 Waiver of Claims .......................... . 14.IS .. ..... Computation of Times ........................ 17.2.1-17.2.2 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others ............................ 6.8-6.11 Conferences- initially acceptable schedules ......................... 2.9 preconstruction .................................... . 2.8 Conflict; Error, Ambiguity, Discrepancy- CONTRACTOR to Report ..................... 2.5, 3.3.2 Construction, before starting by CONTRACTOR .... 2.5-2.7 Construction Machinery, Equipment, etc . ............... 6.4 Continuing the Work .............................6.29, 10.4 Contract Documents- Amending ..................................... . 3.S Bonds ............................................ . S.1 Cash Allowances ............................ 11.8 Change of Contract Price ......................... . I 1 Change of Contract Times ...................... 12 ...... Changes in the Work ........................... 10.4-10.5 check and verify ,,,,,.,,.. 2 S Clarifications and Interpretations ....... 3.2, 3.6, 9.4, 9.11 definition of ....................................... 1.10 ENGINEER as initial interpreter of .................9.11 ENGINEER as OWNER's representative ....,....... 9,1 general ................ .................... . 3 Insurance ................................... ........ S.3 ........ Intent .... ....................... 3.1-3.4 minor variations in the Work ......................... 3.6 OWNER'S responsibility to furnish data .............. 8.3 OWNER'S responsibility to make prompt payment ....................... 8.3, 14.4, 14.13 precedence .................................... 3.1,3.3.3 Record Documents ................ .......... .6.19 Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies .................... . 3.3 Related Work ........................................ 7.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ........... 2.5, 3.3 Reuse of. ........................................ 3.7 Supplementing . 3.6 Termination of ENGINEER'S Employment ........... 8.2 Unit Price Work .................................... 11.9 variations .. ............... 3.6, 6.23, 6.27 Visits to Site, ENGINEER'S .................... . 9.2 Contract Price- adjustment of ................ 3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 11.2-11.3 Change of ........................................ Il Decision on Disputes ........................ .9.11 definition of ........................................ 1.11 Contract Times- adjustment of ...................... 3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 12 Change of ...................................... 12.1-12.4 Article or Paragraph NxmGer Article or Para~ruph Nr~mber Commencement of ................................... 2.3 definition of ........................................ 1.12 CONTRACTOR- Acceptance of Insurance ............................ 5.14 Limited Reliance on Technical Data Authorized .....4.2.2 Communications ............................... 6.2, 6.9.2 Continue \4~ork ................................ 6.29, 10.4 coordination and scheduling ......................... 6.9.2 definition of ........................................ 1.13 1\'fay Stop Work or Terminate ....................... 15.5 provide site access to others .................... 7.2, 13.2 Safety and Protection .......4.3.1.2, 6.16, 6.18, 6.21-6.23, 7.2, 13.2 Shop Drawing and Sample Review Prior to Submittal . b.25 Stop \~Vork requirements ........................... 4.5.2 CONTR.4CTOR's- Compensation .................................. 11.]-11.2 Continuing Obligation .............................. 14.15 Defective Work .......................... 9.6, 13.10-13.14 Duty to correct defective Work ..................... 13.11 Duty to Report- Changes in the Work caused by Emergency ....................................... 6.23 Defects in Work of Others ......................... 7.3 Differing conditions .............................. 4.2.3 Discrepancy in Documents ........... 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Underground Facilities not indicated ..............4.3.2 Emergencies ........................................ 6.23 Equipment and 1.4achinery Rental, Cost of the Work ................................... 11.4.5.3 Fee-Cost-Plus ..................... 11.4.5.6, 11.5.1, 11.6 General Warranty and Guarantee .................... 6.30 Hazard Communication Programs ................... 6.22 Indemnification ...................... 6.12, 6.16, 6.31-6.33 Inspection of the Work ......................... 7.3, 13.4, Labor, Materials and Equipment .................. 6.3-6.5 Laws and Regulations, Compliance by .............6.14.1 Liability Insurance ................................... 5.4 Notice of Intent to Appeal .....................9.10, 10.4 obligation to perform and complete the Work ........6.30 Patent Fees and Royalties, paid for by ...............6.12 Performance and Other Bonds ........................ 5.1 Permits, obtained and paid for by ....................6.13 Progress Schedule ..... 2.6, 2.8, 2.9, 6.6, 6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1 Request for formal decision on disputes .............9.11 Responsibilities- Changesin the \~Vork .............................. 10.1 Conce~~ting Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others . 6.8- 6.11 Continuing the Work ........................6.29, 10.4 CONTRACTOR's expense ....................... 6.7.1 CONTRACTOR'S General Warranty and Guaran- tee ............................................... 6.30 CONTRACTOR's review priorto Shop Drawingor Sam- ple submittal ..................................... 6.25 Coordination of Work .............................. 6.9.2 Emergencies ..................................... 6.23 ENGWEER's evaluation, Substitutes or "Or-Equal" Items .......................... 6.7.3 For Acts and Omissions of Others .....6.9.1-6.9.2, 9.13 for deductible amounts, insurance .................. 5.9 general ................................. 6, 7.2, 7.3, 8.9 Hazardous Communication Programs .............6.22 Indemnification .............................. 6.31-6.33 Labor, Materials and Equipment ................ 6.3-6.5 Laws and Regulations ............................6.14 Liability Insurance ................................. 5.4 Notice of variation from Contract Documents .....6.27 Patent Fees and Royalties .........................6.12 Permits ........................................... 6.13 Progress Schedule ................................. 6.6 Record Documents ............................... 6.19 related Work perforn~ed prior to ENGINEER'S approval of required submittals ................. 6.28 safe structural loading ............................ 6.18 Safety and Protection ................... 6.20, 7.2, 13.2 Safety Representative ............................. 6.21 Scheduling the Work ............................. 6.9.2 Shop Drawings and Samples ......................6.24 Shop Drawings and Samples Review by ENGINEER ................................ 6.26 Site Cleanliness ................................... 6.17 Submittal Procedures .. ...........................6.25 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures .................................... 6.7.2 Substitutes and "Or-Equal" Items ................6.7.1 Superintendence ................................... 6.2 Supervision ........................................ 6.1 Survival of Obligations ............................6.34 Taxes ............................................ 6.15 Tests and Inspections ............................. 13.5 To Report ......................................... 2.5 Use of Premises ....................6.16-6.18, 6.30.2.4 Review Prior to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal ..6.25 Right to adjustment for changes in the Work ......... 10.2 right to claim .. 4, 7.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 11.2, 11.9, 12.1, 13.9, 14.8, 15.1, 15.5 , 17.3 Safety and Protection .....:........... 6.20-6.22, 7.2, 13.2 Safety Representative ...............................6.21 Shop Drawings and Samples Submittals .........6.24-6.28 Special Consultants ............................... 11.4.4 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures ..... 6.7 Substitutes and "Or-Equal" Items, Expense ..6.7.1, 6.7.2 Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others ............ 6.8-6.11 Supervision and Superintendence ........... 6.1, 6.2, 6.21 Taxes, Payment by ..................................6.15 Use of Premises ................................ 6.16-6.18 Warranties and guarantees ...................... 6.30, 6.5 Warranty of Title ................................... 14.3 Written Notice Required- CONTRACTOR stop \'Jork or terminate ........... 15.5 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Condi- tions ............................................. 4.2.3 Substantial Completion ........................... 14.8 CONTRACTORS-other ................................. 7 Contractual Liability Insurance ...................... 5.4.10 Contractual Time Limits .............................. 12.2 Coordination u u J r~ L~~ i u Article or Paragraph Arumber CONTRACTOR'S responsibility .................... 6.9.2 Copies of Documents .................................. 2.2 Correction Period .................................... 13.12 Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work in general ............................: 10.4.1, 13.10-13.14 Acceptance of Defective Work ....... 13.13 Correction or Removal of Defective Work .....6.30, 13.11 Correction Period .................................. 13.12 OWNER May Correct Defective Work ............. 13.14 O\\rNER May Stop Work .......................... 13.10 Cost- of Tests and Inspections ............................. 13.4 Records ............................................ 11.7 Cost of the Work- Bonds and insurance, additional ................. 11.4.5.9 Cash Discounts ................................... 11.4.2 CONTRACTOR'S Fee .............................. 11.6 Employee Expenses ............................. 11.4.5.1 Exclusions to .........................:............. 1 l.S General .......................:................ 11.4-]1.S Home office and overhead expenses ................. 11.5 Losses and damages ............................. 11.4.5.6 Materials and equipment .......................... 11.4.2 Minor expenses ................................. 11.4.5.8 Payroll costs on changes .......................... 11.4.1 performed by Subcontractors ...................... 11.4.3 Records ............................................ 11.7 Rentals of construction equipment and machinery .11.4.5.3 Royalty payments, permits and license fees ...... 11.4.S.S Site-office and temporary facilities ............ .. 11.4.5.2 Special Consultants, CONTRACTOR'S ............ 11.4.4 Supplemental ..................................... 11.4.5 Taxes related to the Work ....................... 11.4.5.4 Tests and Inspection ....................:........... 13.4 Trade Discounts .......:.......................... 11.4.2 Utilities, fuel anti sanitary facilities ............... 11.4.5.7 Work after regular hours .......................... 11.4.1 Covering \\'ork ................................... 13.6-13.7 Cumulative Remedies ............................ 17.4-17.5 Cutting, fitting and patching ............................ 7.2 Data, to be furnished by OWNER ...................... 8.3 Day-definition of ................................... 17.2.2 Decisions on Disputes ........................... 9.11, 9.12 defective-definition of ................................ 1.14 defective 1\rork- .Acceptance of .............................. 10.4.1, 13.13 Correction or Removal of ................... 10.4.1, 13.11 Correction Period .................................. 13.12 in general ................................. 13, 14.7, 14.11 Observation by ENGINEER ......................... 9.2 OV'1NER May Stop Work .......................... 13.10 Prompt Notice of Defects ........................... 13.1 Rejecting .. ............... ........... . 9.6 Uncovering the Work ............................... 13.8 Definitions ............................................... 1 Delays ................................. 4.1, 6.29, 12.3-12.4 Delivery of Bonds .... ...................... 2.1 Delivery of certificates of insurance ..................... 2.7 Article or Paragraph Number Determinations for Unit Prices ........................9.10 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions Notice of ........................................... 4.2.3 ENGINEER'S Review ............................. 4.2.4 Possible Contract Documents Change ...............4.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments ..............4.2.6 Discrepancies-Reporting and Resolving .... 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Dispute Resolution- Agreement ..................................... 16.1-16.6 Arbitration .............:....................... 16.1-16.5 general .............................................. 16 Mediation .......................................... 16.6 Dispute Resolution Agreement .................... 16.1-16.6 Disputes, Decisions by ENGINEER ..............9.11-9.12 Documents- Copies of ............................................ 2.2 Record ............................................. b.19 Reuse of ............................................. 3.7 Drawings-definition of ............................... I.IS Easements ............................................. 4.1 Effective date of Agreement-definition of ............. 1.16 Emergencies ..................:....................... 6.23 ENGINEER- as initial interpreter on disputes ................. 9.11-9.12 definition of ........................................ 1.17 Limitations on authority and responsibilities ................................. 9.13 Replacement of ...................................... 8.2 Resident Project Representative ...................... 9.3 ENGINEER'S Consultant-definition of ............... 1.18 ENGINEER's- authority and responsibility; limitations on ...........9.13 Authorized Variations in the Work .................... 9.S Change Orders, responsibility for .......... 9.7, 10, 11, 12 Clarifications and Interpretations ...............3.6.3, 9.4 Decisions on Disputes .......................... 9.I 1-9.12 defective \\~ork, notice of ........................... 13.1 Evaluation of Substitute Items ......................6.7.3 Liability ....................................... 6.32, 9.12 Notice Work is Acceptable ......................... 14.13 Observations ...............................:. 6.30.2, 9.2 O\VNER's Representative ........................... 9.1 Payments to the CONTRACTOR, Responsibility for ......................... .. 9.9, 14 ... Recommendation of Payment ................. 14.4, 14.13 Responsibilities- Limitations on ............................... 9.11-9.13 Review of Reports on Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions .......................... 4..2.4 Shop Drawings and Samples, review responsibility ..................................... 6.26 Status During Constrvction- authorized variations in the Work .. 9.S Clarifications and Interpretations ................... 9.4 Decisions on Disputes ........................ 9.11-9.12 Determinations on Unit Price .. ..9.10 ENGINEER as Initial Interpreter ..............9.11-9.12 ENGINEER'S Responsibilities ................ 9.1-9.12 u Article or Paragraph Number Article or Paragraph Number Limitations on ENGINEER'S Authority and Responsibilities ................ ...................9.13 OWN ER's Representative ..... .................... 9.1 Project Representative ......... .................... 9.3 Rejecting Defective Work ...... .................... 9.6 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments ................... ................. 9.7-9.9 Visits to Site ...................................... 9.2 Unit Price Determinations ........ ...................9.10 Visits to Site ..................... .................... 9.2 Written consent required ......... ................ 7.2, 9.1 .Equipment, Labor, Materials and .. ................. 6.3~i.5 Equipment rental, Cost of the V!'ork ................ 11.4.5.3 Equivalent ?~4aterials and Equipment .................... 6.7 Errors or omissions ............... ....................6.33 Evidence of Financial Arrangements ...................8.11 Explorations of physical conditions ...................4.2.1 Fee, CONTRACTOR'S-Costs-Plus ................... 11.6 Field Order- defi ninon of .................... .................... 1.19 issued by ENGINEER .......... ...............3.6.1, 9.5 Final Application for Pa~~ment ..... ................... 14.12 Finallnspection ................... ................... 14.11 Final Payment- and Acceptance ................. ............. 14.13-]4.14 Prior to, for cash allowances .... .................... 11.8 General Provisions ................ ............... 17.3-17.4 General Requirements- deft noon of ..................... .................... 1.20 principal references to ........... ... 2.6, 6.4, 6.6-6.7, 6.24 Giving Notice ..................... .................... 17.1 Guarantee of ~'~'ork-by CONTRACTOR ................. .............6.30, 14.12 Hazard Communication Programs . ....................6.22 Hazardous Waste- definition of .................... .................... 1.21 general ......................... ..................... 4.5 OWNER'S responsibility for .... ....................8.10 Indemnification ................... .....6.12, 6.16, 6.31-6.33 Initially Acceptable Schedules ..... ..................... 2.9 CONTRACTOR'S Inspection- Certificates of .................. .......9.13.4, 13.5, 14.12 Final ........................... ................... 14.11 Special, required by ENGINEER .................... 9.6 Tests and Approval ............. ........... 8.7, 13.3-13.4 Insurance- Acceptance of, by OWNER ..... ....................5.14 Additional, required by changes in the Work ................ ................. 11.4.5.9 Before starting the Work ........ ..................... 2.7 Bonds and-in general .......... ....................... S Cancellation Provisions .............................. 5.8 Certificates of .. 2.7, S, 5.3, 5.4.1 1, 5.4.13, 5.6.5, 5.8, 5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12 completed operations ........... ...................5.4.13 CONTRACTOR'S Liability ..... ...................... 5.4 CONTRACTOR'S objection to coverage .............5.14 Contractual Liability ........... ................... 5.4.10 deductible amounts, CONTRACTOR'S responsibility .................................... 5.9 Final Application for Payment ................. ..... 14.12 Licensed Insurers ............................. ....... 5.3 I`Totice requirements, material changes .................................. 5.8, 10.5 O Option to Replace ............................ ......5.14 other special insurances ....................... ......5.10 OWNER as fiduciary for insureds ............. .5.12-5.13 OWN ER's Liability ........................... ....... 5.5 OWNER'S Responsibility .. ................... ....... 8.5 Partial Utilization, Property Insurance ......... ......5.15 Property ........................................ 5.6-5.10 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds . .5.12-5.13 Speciallnsurance ............................. ...... S.10 Waiver of Rights .............................. ......5.11 Intent of Contract Documents ................... .... 3.i-3.4 Interpretations and Clarifications ................ .3.6.3, 9.4 Investigations of physical conditions ............. ....... 4.2 Labor, Materials and Equipmeni ................ .... 6.3-6.5 Lands- and Easements ............................... ....... 8.4 Availability of ................................ ... 4.1, 8.4 Reports & Tests ............................. ........ 8.4 Laws and Regulations-Laws or Regulations- Bonds ....................................... .... 5.1-5.2 Changes in the Work .......................... ...... 10.4 Contract Documents ......................... ........ 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S Responsibilities ............ .......6.14 Correction Period, defective Work ............. ..... 13.12 Cost of the Work, taxes ...................... ... 11.4.5.4 definition of ................................. ....... 1.22 general ...................................... .......6.14 Indemnification .............................. ..6.31-6.33 Insurance .................................... .. 5.3 ...... Precedence .................................. .. 3.1, 3.3.3 Reference to ................................. ......3.3.1 Safety and Protection ..........................6.20, 13.2 Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others ......... ... 6.8-6..11 Tests and Inspections ........................ ....... 13.5 Use of Premises ............................. .......6.16 Visits to Site ................................. ........ 9.2 Liability Insurance- CONTRACTOR's ............................ ........ 5.4 OWN ER's ................................... ........ 5.5 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ................. ........ S.3 Liens- Application for Progress Payment ............ ....... 14.2 Contractor's Warranty of Title ................ ....... 14.3 Final Application for Paymen[ ................ ...... 14.12 definition of ................................. ....... 1.23 Waiver of Claims ............................ .......14.15 Limitations on ENGINEER'S authority and responsibilities ..................................... 9.13 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized ......4.2.2 Maintenance and Operating Manuals- Final Application for Payment ................ ...... 14.12 Manuals (of others)- Precedence ......, ........................... ..... 3.3.3.1 0 u 1 JI u fl i n n Article or Paragraph Number Reference to in Contract Documents ................ 3.3.1 Materials and equipment- furnished by CONTRACTOR ........................ 6.3 not incorporated in Work ............................ 14.2 Materials or equipment~quivalent ..................... 6.7 Mediation (Optional) .................................. 16.7 Milestones-definition of .............................. 1.24 Miscellaneous- Computation of Times .............................. 17.2 Cumulative Remedies ............................... 17.4 Giving Notice ....................................... 17.1 Notice of Claim ..................................... 17.3 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included .......... 17.5 Multi-prime contracts .................................... 7 Not Shown or Indicated .............................. 4.3.2 Notice of- Acceptability of Project ............................ 14.13 Award, definition of ................................. ].25 Claim .............................................. 17.3 Defects . ............................................ 13.1 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ..........4.2.3 Giving .............................................. 17.1 Tests and Inspections ............................... 13.3 Variation, Shop Drawing and Sample ................ 6.27 Notice to Proceed- defi ninon of ............. ........................ 1.26 giving of ............................................. 2.3 Notification to Surety .................:............... ]0.5 Observations, by ENGINEER .................... 6.30, 9.2 Occupancy of the Work ................ 5.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10 Omissions or acts by CONTRACTOR ............. 6.9, 9.13 "Open peril" policy form, Insurance ...................5.6.2 Option to Replace .....................................5.14 ..Or Equal" Items ...................................... 6.7 Other work .......... ........................... 7 Overtime Work-prohibition of ......................... 6.3 OWN ER- Acceptance of defective Work ...................... 13.13 appoint an ENG1N'EER .............................. 8.2 as fiduciary .................................... 5.12-5.13 Availability of Lands, responsibility ................... 4.1 definition of .....:.............. ............... 1.27 data, furnish ......................................... 8.3 May Correct Defective Work ....................... 13.14 May refuse to make payment ........................ 14.7 1~'Iay Stop the Work ................................ 13.10 may suspend work, terminate ....................... 8.8, 13.10, 15.1-15.4 Payment, make prompt ................... 8.3, 14.4, 14.13 performance of other Work ........................... 7.1 permits and licenses, requirements .................. 6.13 purchased insurance requirements ............... 5.6-5.10 OWNER's- Acceptance of the Work ......................... 6.30.2.5 Change Orders, obligation to execute .................................... 8.6, 10.4 Communications ..................................... 8.1 Coordination of the Vdork ............... ....,..,., 7.4 Disputes, request for decision .......................9.11 Article or Paragraph Number Inspections, tests and approvals ................. 8.7, 13.4 Liability Insurance ................................... S.S Notice of Defects ................................... 13.1 Representative-During Construction, ENGINEER's Status ............................ 9.1 Responsibilities- Asbestos, PCB's, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste on Radioactive Material ..................8.10 Change Orders .................................... 8.6 Changes in the Work .............................. 10.1 communications ................................... 8.1 CONTRACTOR'S responsibilities .................. 8.9 evidence of financial arrangements ................ 8.11 inspections, tests and approvals .................... 8.7 Insurance ......................................... 8.5 lands and easements ............................... 8.4 prompt payment by ................................ 8.3 replacement of ENGINEER ......................_ 8.2 reports and tests ................................... 8.4 stop or suspend Work .................. 8.8, 13.]0, 15.1 terminate CONTRACTOR'S services .......... 8.8, 15.2 separate representative at site ........................ 9.3 independent testing ................................. 13.4 use or occupancy of the Work .................................... 5.15, 14.10 written consent or approval required ............................... 9.1, 6.3, 11.4 written notice required .......... 7.1, 9.4, 9.11, 11.2, 11.9, 14.7, 15.4 PCBs- definition of ........................................ 1.29 general .............................................. 4.5 OWNER'S responsibility for . ........................ 8.10 Partial Utilization- defi ninon of ........................................ 1.28 general ................................... 6.30.2.4, 14.10 Property Insurance ................................. 5.15 Patent Fees and Royalties .............................6.12 Payment Bonds ..................................... 5.1-5.2 Payments, Recommendation of ............. 14.4-14.7, 14.13 Payments to CONTRACTOR and Completion- Application for Progress Payments .................. 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S Warranty of Title ................. 14.3 Final Application for Payment ...................... 14.12 Finallnspection ................ ................ 14.11 ... Final Payment and Acceptance ............... 14.13-14.14 general ........................................... 8.3, 14 Partial Utilization .................................. 14.10 Retainage ........................................... 14.2 Review of Applications for Progress Payments ................................ ..19.4-]4.7 prompt payment ..................................... 8.3 Schedule of Values ........................... 14.1 Substantial Completion ......................... 14.8-14.9 Waiver of Claims .................................. 14.15 when payments due .......................... 14.4, 14.13 withholding payment .. .............................. 14.7 Performance Bonds ................................. 5.1-5.2 Permits ................................................ 6.13 Article or Paragrnph Number Article or Paragr•nph TJrun ber Petroleum- '0 1 .............................. definition of ' .......... general ................................... ........... 4.5 OWNER's responsibility for ............. • • • • • • • • • 8.10 Physical Conditions- Drawings of, in or relating to ............. ......•• 4.2.1.2 ENGINEER'S review 4.2.4 existing structures ...:.................... .......... 4.2.2 general ................................... ........ 4.2.1.2 Subsurface and ........................... ............ 4.2 .... Underground Facilities .. .. ........... ............ 4.3 Possible Contract Documents Change ..... .......... 4.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments .... .......... 4.2.6 Reports and Dra~~-ings .................... .......... 4.2.1 Notice of Differing Subsurface or . ........ .......... 4.2.3 Subsurface and .......................... ............ 4.2 Subsurface Conditions ................... ......... 4.2.1.1 Technical Data, Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized .................... 4.2.2 Underground Facilities- general .............................. ............ 4.3 Not Shoti~n or Indicated ............ ........... 4.3.2 Protection of ........................ ....... 4.3, 6.20 Shovm orlndicated ................. ........... 4.3.1 Technical Data .......................... ........... 4.2.2 Preconstruction Conference ............... ............. 2.8 Preliminary Matters ....................... ............... 2 Preliminary Schedules ..................... .............2.6 Premises, Use of .......................... ....... 6.16-6.18 Price, Change of Contract ................. .............. 11 Price, Contract-definition of .............. ............ 1.11 Progress Payment, .Applications for ........ ............ 14.2 Progress payment-retainage .............. ............ 14.2 Progress schedule, CONTRACTOR'S ..... 2.6, 2.8, 2.9, 6.6, 6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1 Project-definition of ..................... ............. 1.31 Project Representative- 9 3 ENGINEER's Status During Constructio . n ............ Project Representative, Resident -definition of ......................... ............. 1.33 prompt payment by OWNER ............. ............. 8.3 Property Insurance 5 7 Additional ............................. . .............. 6-5.10 5 general ................................ Partial Utilization ...................... . .......... ..... 5.15, ]4.10.2 receipt and application of proceeds .................... .... ......... 5.12-5.13 Protection, Safety and .................... ... 6.20-6.21, 13.2 Punch list ................................ ............ 14.11 Radioactive Material- defi ninon ......... ................. .............. 1.32 general ............................... ............... 4.5 0\VNER's responsibility for .......... .............. 8.10 Recommendation of Payment ............ .. 14.4, 14.5, 14.13 ...................... Record Documents 6.19, 14.12 ....... Records, procedures for maintaining ..... ............... 2.8 ...... Reference Points .......... ••••••••••••••• 4.4 Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies ................. ............... 3.3 Regulations, Laws and (or) ............... ............. 6.14 Rejecting Defective Work ................. .............. 9.6 Related Work- at Site ................................ ........... 7.1-7.3 Performed prior to Shop Drawings and Samples submittals review ..... ............. 6.28 Remedies, cumulative .................... ........ 17.4, 17.5 Removal or Correction of Defective Work ........................ ............ 13.11 rental agreements, OWNER approval required .... .......... 11.4.5.3 replacement of ENGINEER, by OWNER .............. 8.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies .. .. 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Reports- and Drawings ......................... ............. 4.2.1 and Tests, OWNER's responsibility ... ............... 8.4 Resident Project Representative- definition of .......................... .............. 1.33 provision for ............._.,.......... ............... 9.3 Resident Superintendent, CONTRACTOR 'S ............. 6.2 Responsibilities- CONTRACTOR's-in general .......... ................. 6 ENGINEER'S-in general .............. ................. 9 Limitations on ..................... .......:....... 9.13 .OWN ER's-in general ................ .................. 8 Retainage .............................. ............... 14.2 Reuse of Documents ................... ................ 3.7 Review by CONTRACTOR: Shop Drawings and Samples Prior to Submittal ....... ............... 6.25 Review of Applications for Progress Payments 14.4-14.7 Right to an adjustment ................. ............... 10.2 Rights of Way .......................... ................ 4.1 Royalties, Patent Fees and .............. ............... 6.12 Safe Structural Loading ............... ................ 6.18 Safety- and Protection .......4.3.2, 6.16, 6.18, 6.20-6.21, 7.2, 13.2 general ............................. ........... 6.20-6.23 Representative, CONTRACTOR'S ... ................ 6.21 Samples- definition of ........................ ................ 1.34 general ............................. ........... 6.24-6.28 Review by CONTRACTOR ......... ................ 6.25 Review by ENGINEER 6.26, 6.27 related \Vork ........................ ................ 6.28 submittal of ........................ ............... 6.24.2 submittal procedures ................ ................ 6.25 Schedule of progress ..... 2.6, 2.8-2.9, 6.6, 6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1 Schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample Submittals ....................... 2.6, 2.8-2.9, 6.24-6.28 Schedule of Values ................... ..... 2.6, 2.8-2.9, 14.1 Schedules- Adherence to ...................... ............. .15.2.1 Adjusting .......................... .................. 6.6 Change of Contract Times 10.4 Initially Acceptable ................ ............... 2.8-2.9 Preliminary ........................ .................. 2.6 Scope of Changes ................. ............. 10.3-10.4 Subsurface Conditions ......... .... ............... 4.2.1.1 10 u n ~~ I!~ u IJ II ~ ~ Article or Paragraph IVuntber Shop Drawings- and Samples, general ........................... 6.24-6.28 Change Orders & Applications for Payments, and ............................... 9.7-9.9 definition of ........................................ 1.35 ENGINEER'S approval of ......................... 3.6.2 ENGINEER'S responsibility for review ............................... 9.7, 6.24-6.28 related ~~'ork ........................................ 6.28 review procedures .........................2.8,6.24-6.28 submittal required ................................. 6.24.1 Submittal Procedures ...............................6.25 use to approve substitutions ........................ 6.7.3 Shown orlndicated ................................... 4.3.1 Site Access ....................................... 7.2, 13.2 Site Cleanliness ....................................... 6.17 Site, Visits to- by ENGINEER ................................ 9.2, 13.2 by others ........................................... 13.2 "Special causes of loss" policy form, irisurance .......5.6.2 Specifications- definition of ........................................ 1.36 of Technical Societies, reference to ............... . .3.3.1 precedence ........................................ 3.3.3 Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies .......................................... 3.3 Starting Construction, Before ....................... 2.5-2.8 Starting the Work ...................................... 2.4 Stop or Suspend Work- by CONTRACTOR ................................. 1S.S by OWNER ............................. 8.8, 13.10, 15.1 Storage of materials and equipment ................. 4.1, 7.2 Structural Loading, Safety ............................. 6.18 Subcontractor- Concerning ...................................... 6.8-6.11 definition of ........................................ 1.37 delays .............................................. 12.3 waiver of rights ..................................... 6.11 Subcontractors-in general ........................ 6.8-6.11 Subcontracts-required provisions ........5.11, 6.11, 11.4.3 Submittals- Applications for Payment ........................... 14.2 Maintenance and Operation Manuals ............... 14.12 Procedures ......................................... 6.25 Progress Schedules .............................. 2.6,2.9 Samples ....................................... 6.24-6.28 Schedule of Values ............................. 2.6,14.1 Schedule of Shop Drawings and Samples Submissions .................... 2.6, 2.8-2.9 Shop Drawings ................................. 6.24-6.28 Substantial Completion- certification of ........................ 6.30.2.3, 14.8-14.9 definition of ........................................ 1.38 Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures .......6.7.2 Substitutes and "Or Equal" Items ...................... 6.7 CONTRACTOR's Expense ....................... 6.7.1.3 ENGINEER's Evaluation .......................... 6.7.3 ..Or-Equal" ........................................ 6.7.1 Substitute Construction Alethods of Procedures .....6.7.2 Article or Paragrnplt Nrunber Substitute Items .................................. 6.7.1.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions- Dra~vings of, in or relating to .....................4.2.1.2 ENGINEER'S Review ............................. 4.2.4 general .............................................. 4.2 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized ....................................4.2.2 Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ................................ 4.2.3 Physical Conditions ................................. 4.2.1.2 Possible Contract Documents Change .................4.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments ... ..............4.2.6 Reports and Drawings ................................ 4.2. i Subsurface and ...................................... 4.2 Subsurface Conditions at the Site .................4.2.1.1 Technical Data .....................................4.2.2 Supervision- CONTRACTOR's responsibility ............:......... 6.1 OWNER shall not supervise ......................... 8.9 ENGINEER shall not supervise ............... 9.2, 9.13.2 Superintendence ....................................... 6.2 Superintendent, CONTRACTOR'S resident ........... 6.2 Supplemental costs .................................. 11.4.5 Supplementary Conditions- definition of ........................................ 1.39 principal reference to .... 1.10, 1.18; 2.2, 2.7, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.3, 5.4, S.6-S.9, S.l 1, 6.8, 6.13, 7.4, 8.11, 9.3, 9.10 Supplementing Contract Documents .................... 3.6 Supplier- definition of ........................................ 1.40 principal references to .................. 3.7, 6.5,6.8-6.11, 6.20, 6.24, 9.13, 14.12 V1'aiver of Rights ....................................6.11 Surety- consent to final payment ..................... 14.12, 14.14 ENGINEER has no duty to .........., .............. 9.13 Notification of ........................... 10.1, IO.S, 15.2 qualification of ................................... S.l-S.3 Survival of Obligations ................................6.34 Suspend Work, OWNER May .................. 13.10, 15.1 Suspension of Work and Termination- .................. 1S CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate ........................................ 1S.S OWNER May Suspend Work ....................... 15.1 OWNER May Terminate ....................... 15.2-15.4 Taxes-Payment by CONTRACTOR ....................6.15 Technical Data- Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR ............... 4.2.2 Possible Price and Times Adjustments ..............4.2.6 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions .............................. 4.2.3 Temporary construction facilities ........................ 4.1 Termination- by CONTRACTOR ................................. 1 S.S by OWNER ............................... 8.8, IS.I-15.4 of ENGINEER'S employment ........................ 8.2 Suspension of Work-in general ........................ 15 Terms and Adjectives .................................. 3.4 Tests and Inspections- Article or Paragraph Number Access to the Work, by others ...................... 13.2 CONTRACTOR's responsibilities .................... 13.5 cost of .............................................. 13.4 covering Work prior to ......................... 13.6-13.7 Laws and Regulations (or) .......................... 13.5 Notice of Defects ................................... 13.1 OWNER May Stop Work .......................... 13.10 OWNER's independent testing ...................... 13.4 special, required by ENGINEER ..................... 9.6 timely notice required ............................... 13.4 Uncovering the Work, at ENGII~'EER's request .................................... 13.8-13.9 Times- Adjusting ............................................ 6.6 Change of Contract ................................... 12 Adjusting ............................................ 6.6 Computation of ..................................... 17.2 Contract Times-definition of ....................... 1.12 day ................................................17.72 Milestones ........................................... 12 Requirements- appeals .......................................... 16 clarifications, claims and disputes ............................. 9.11, 11.2, 12 commencement of contract times ................... 2.3 preconstruction conference ......................... 2.8 schedules ................................. 2.6, 2.9, 6.6 starting the Work .................................. 2.4 Title, Warranty of ..................................... 14.3 Uncovering Work ................................ 13.8-13.9 Underground Facilities, Physical Conditions- definition of ........................................ 1.41 Not Shown orlndicated ............................ 4.3.2 protection of ................................... 4.3, 6.20 Shown or Indicated ................................ 4.3.1 Unit Price Work- claim s ............................................ 11.9.3 definition of ........................................ 1.42 general .................................. ]1.9, 14.1, 14.5 Unit Prices- general ........................................... 11.3.1 Determination for ................................... 9.10 Use of Premises ........................ 6.16, 6.18, 6.30.2.4 Utility owners ...................... 6.13, 6.20, 7.1-7.3, 13.2 Article or Paragraph Number Utilization, Partial ............... 1.28, 5.15, 6.30, 2.4, 14.10 Value of the Work ..................................... 11.3 Values, Schedule of ....................... 2.6, 2.8-2.9, 14.1 Variations in Work-Minor Authorized ................................ 6.25, 6.27, 9.5 Visits of Site-by ENGINEER ......................... 9.2 Waiver of Claims-on Final Payment ........................................... 14.15 Waiver of Rights by insured parties ............... 5.11, 6.11 Warranty and Guarantee, General-by CONTRAC'TOR ....................................6.30 Warranty of Title, CONTRACTOR'S ................... 14.3 Work- Access to .......................................:... 13.2 by others . ............................................. 7 Changes in the ....................................... 10 Continuing the . ..................................... 6.29 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate ................................... 15.5 Coordination of .........- .:.......................... 7.4 Cost of the ..................................... 11.4-11.5 definition of ........................................ 1.43 neglected by CONTRACTOR ...................... 13.14 other Work ............................................ 7 OWNER May Stop Work .......................... 13.10 OWNER May Suspend Work ................. 13.10, t5.1 Related, Work at Site ............................. 7.1-7.3 Starting the .......................................... 2.4 Stopping by CONTRACTOR ........................ 15.5 Stopping by OWNER .......................... 15.1-15.4 Variation and deviation authorized, minor ........................................... 3.6 Work Change Directive- claims pursuant to .................................. 10.2 definition of ........................................ 1.44 principal references to .................... 3.5.3, 10.1-10.2 Written Amendment- defi ninon of ........................................ 1.45 principal references to ... 1.10, 3.5, 5.10, 5.12, 6.6.2, 6.8.2, 6.19,10.1,10.4,11.2,12.1,13.12.2,14.7.2 Written Clarifications and Interpretations ........................... 3.6.3, 9.4, 9.11 Written Notice Required- by CONTRAC'T'OR ........ 7.1, 9.10-9.11, 10.4, 11.2, 12.1 by OWNER ....................9.10-9.11, 10.4, 11.2, 13.14 12 i~ i~ GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1-DEFINITIONS Wherever used in these GeneraLConditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: 1.1. Addenda-Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents. 1.2. Agreement-The written contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. 1.3. Application fa• Pa~•ment-The form accepted by EN- GINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 1.4. Asbestos-Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. ].5. Bid-The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 1.6. Bidding Documents-The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 1.7. Bidding Requirements-The advertisement or invita- tion to Bid, instructions to bidders, and the Bid form. 1.8. Bonds-Performance and Payment bonds and other instruments of security. 1.9. Charge Order-A document recommended by ENGI- NEER, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 1.10. Contract Documents-The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR'S Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the .Agreement, the Notice to Proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Draw- ings as the same are more specifically identified in the Agree- ment, together with all Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders and ENGINEER'S written interpretations and clarifications issued pursuant to paragraphs 3.5, 3.6.1, and 3.6.3 on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Shop Drawing submittals approved pursu- ant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27 and the reports and drawings referred to in paragraphs 4.2.1.1 and 4.2.2.2 are not Contract Documents. 1.1 1. Contract Price-The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work). ].12. Contract Times-The numbers of days or the dates stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER'S written recommenda- tion of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. 1.13. CONTRACTOR-The person, firm or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. 1.14, defective-An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, in that it does not conform to the Contract Docu- ments, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to ENG1- NEER's recommendation of final payment (unless responsi- bilityfor the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.8 or 14.10). 1.15. Drawings-The drawings which show the scope, extent and character of the Work to be furnished and per- formed by CONTRACTOR and which have been prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to in the Contract Documents.. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. 1.16.- -Effective Date of the Agreement-The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. ].17. ENGIA1EER-The person, firm orcotporafibn named as such in the Agreement. 1.18. ENGINEER'S Consultant-A person, firm or corpo- ration having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services as ENGINEER'S independent professional associate or con- sultantwith respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. 1.19. Field Order-A written order issued by ENGINEER which orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with paragraph 9.5 but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 13 1.20. Cenerat Requirements-Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. 1.21. Hazardous R'aste-The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid \\'aste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 1.22. Latins and Regulations; Lars or Regulations-Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. 1.23. Liens-Liens, charges, security interests or encum- brances upon real property or personal property. 1.24. 1tlilestone-A principal event specified in the Con- tract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.25. A'otice of A++•urd-The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. 1.26. I~'otice to Proceed-A written notice given by O W N ER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER) fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRAC- TOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. 1.27. OW'IVER-The public body or authority, corpora- tion. association, firm or person with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the \'1'ork is to be provided. 1.28. Partial Urlizntiat-Use by OWNER of a substan- tiallycompleted part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.29. PCBs-Polychlorinated biphenyls. 1.30. Petroleum-Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof H~hich is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Wastes and crude oils. L31. Project-The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1.32. Rndioactire rl?alerial-Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to t[me. 1.33. Resident Project Representative- The authorized representative of ENGINEER w ho may be assigned to the site or any part thereof. 1.34. Samples-Physicalexamplesof materials,equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the V1'ork will be judged. 1.35. S/rop Drawings-All drawings, diagrams, illustra- tions, schedules and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CONTRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the V1'ork. 1.36. Specifications-Those portions of the Contract Doc- uments consisting of written technical descriptions of materi- als, equipment, construction systems, standards and workman- ship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. 1.37. Subcontractor-An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. 1.38. Substantial Completion-The Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of ENGINEER as evidenced by ENGINEER's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently com- plete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final. payment as evidenced by ENGINEER'S written recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 1.39. Supplementary Carditions-The part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Con- ditions. 1.40. Supplier-A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, dis- tributor, materialman or vendor having a direct contract with CONTRAC'T'OR or with any Subcontractor to furnish materi- als or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by CON- TRACTOR or any Subcontractor. 1.41. Undergrowrd Facilities-AI}pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communica- tions, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other control systems or water. 1.42. Unit Price Work-Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 14 0 ii C 1.43. Work-The entire completed construction or the var- ious separately identifiable parts thereof required to be fur- nished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing docu- ments, all as required by the Contract Documents. 1.44. Work Change Directive-A written directive to CON- TR4CTOR, issued on ar after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by ENGINEER, ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical condi- tions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.23. A Work Change Directive wi}I not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change. Direc- tive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in paragraph 10.2. 1.45. Written Amendment-A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering or nontechnical rather than strictly construction-related aspects of the Contract Docu- ments. ARTICLE 2-PRELIMINARY MATTERS Deliver3~ of Bonds: J ii 2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agree- ments to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with paragraph 5.1. Copies of Documents: 2.2. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary Con- ditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably neces- sary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed: 2.3. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirti- eth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within thirty days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the ' 15 Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. Starting the -i'ork: 2.4. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on the date H hen the Contract Times commence to run, but no Work shall be done at the site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. Before Starling Construction: 2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work, CON- TRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. CONTRAC- TOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy which CONTRAC- TOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from .ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Doc- uments, unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agree- ment (unless otherv,~ise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review: 2.6.1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sam- ple submittals which v,-ill list each required submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing and processing such submit- tal; 2.6.3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items aggregating the Contract Price and mill subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit appli- cable to each item of yi'ork. 2.7. Before any Work at the site is started, CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall each deliver to the other, ti~ith copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Condi- tions,certificates ofinsurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which CONTRACTOR and OWNER respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with para- graphs 5.4, 5.6 and 5.7. Preconstruction Conference: 2.8. Within twenty days after the Contract Times start to run, but before any Work at the site is started, a conference u~ attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as ap- propriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to. in paragraph 2.6, procedures for handling Shop Drawings .and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment and maintaining required records. Initially Acceptable Schedules: 2.9. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments, at least ten days before submission of the first Applica- tion for Payment a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided below the sched- ules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.6. CONTRAC- TOR shall have an additional ten days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted to and acceptable to ENGINEER as provided below. The progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Times, but such acceptance will neither impose on ENGI- NEERresponsibility forthesequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR'S full responsibility therefor. CONTRACTOR'S schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing a workable arrange- ment for reviewing and processing the required submittals. CONTRACTOR'S schedule of values will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance. cations and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9.4. 3.3. Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Sociedes; Reporting and Resoh~ing Discrepancies: 3.3. I . Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the iatest standard, specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 3.3.2. If, during the performance of the Work, CON- TRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or dis- crepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the. performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier referred to in paragraph 6.5, CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once, and, CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as authorized by paragraph 6.23) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6; provided, however, that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGI- NEER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambigu- ity or discrepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reason- ably should have known thereof. r u ARTICLE 3-CONTRACT DOCUI\4ENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE Intent: 3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agree- ment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the place of the Project. 3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be con- structed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases which have awell- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used to describe V4!ork, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifi- 3.3.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents or as may be provided by amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the methods indi- cated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: 3.3.3.1. the provisions of any such standard, speci- fication, manual, code or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or 3.3.3.2. the provisions of any such Laws or Regu- lations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, code or instruction shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities ofOWN ER,CONTRACTOR or ENGIN EER, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or em- ployees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER'S Consultants, agents or employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or 16 u ~~ I~~ ii 7 0 0 u ii n n performance of the Work or any duty or authority to under- take responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of para- graph 9.13 or any other provision of the Contract Docu- ments. 3.4. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as ordered," "as directed," "as required," "as allowed," "as approved'' or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper" or "satisfactory" or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe a requirement, direction, review or judg- ment of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such requirement, direction, review or judgment will be solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance v+~ith the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as sho~~n or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGI- NEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provi- sions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents: 3.5. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: 3.5.1. a formal Written Amendment, 3.5.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.4), or 3.5.3. a Work Change Directive (pursuant to paragraph ]0.1). 3.6. In addition, the requirements of the Contract Docu- ments may be supplemented, and minor variations and devia- tions in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways: 3.6.1. a Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5), 3.6.2. ENGINEER'S approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27), or 3.6.3. ENGINEER'S written interpretation or clarifica- tion (pursuant to paragraph 9.4). Reuse of Documents: 3.7. CONTRACTOR, and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of EI~'GINEER or ENGINEER'S Consultant, and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and E1~TGINEER and specific written verification or adaption by ENGINEER. ARTICLE 4-AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS Availability of Landsr 4.1. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of--way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for .the use of CONTRACTOR. Upon reasonable written request, OWNER shall furnish CON- TRACTOR with a correct statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and OWNER's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which CONTRACTOR will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments. IfCONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in OWNER'S furnishing these lands, rights-of--way or easements, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles ] 1 and 12. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.2. Subsurface and Physical Conditions: 4.2.1. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: 4.2.1.1. Subsurface Conditions: Those reports of explo- rationsand tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents; and 4.2.1.2. Physical Conditions: Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities) that have been utilized by ENGINEER in prepar- ing the Contract Documents. t 17 4.2.2. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized; Technical Data: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "tech- nical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER'S Consultants with respect to: 4.2.2.1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, se- quences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs inci- dent thereto, or 4.2.2.2. other data, interpretations, opinions and infor- mation contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings, or 4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclu- sion drawn from any "technical data" or any such data, interpretations, opinions or information. 4.2.3. Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Condi- tior:s: If CONTRACTOR believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site that is uncovered or revealed either: 4.2.3.1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 is materially inaccurate, or 4.2.3.2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents, or 4.2.3.3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or 4.2.3.4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recog- nized as inherent in ~a ork of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any \'Vork in connection therewith (except in an emergency as permitted by paragraph 6.23), .notify O\VNER and ENGINEER in writing about such condition. CONTRAC- TOR shall not further disturb such conditions or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until re- ceipt of written order to do so. 4.2.4. ENGINEER'S Review: ENGINEER will promptly review the pertinent conditions, determine the necessity of OWNER'S obtaining additional exploration or tests with re- spect thereto and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER'S findings and conclusions. 4.2.5. Possible Contract Documents Change: If ENGI- NEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required as a result of a condition that meets one or more of the categories in paragraph 4.2.3., a \\rork Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document the consequences of such change. 4.2.6. Possible Price and Tirnes Adjustments: An equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or in the Contract Times, or both, will be allowed to the extent that the existence of such uncovered or revealed condition causes an increase or de- crease in CONTRACTOR'S cost of, or time. required for performance of, the Work; subject, however, to the following: 4.2.6.1. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in paragraphs 4.2.3.1 through 4.2.3.4, inclusive; 4.2.6.2. a change in the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraph 4.2.5 will not be an automatic authorization of nor a condition precedent to entitlement to any such adjustment; 4.2.6.3. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10 and 11.9; and 4.2.6.4. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Times if; 4.2.6.4.1. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a final commitment to OWNER in respect of Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or 4.2.6.4.2. the existence of such condition could rea- sonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test or study of the site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR's making such final commitment; or 4.2.6.4.3. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written notice within the time and as required by paragraph 4.2.3. If O1rJNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or as to the amount or length of any such equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, a claim maybe made therefor as provided in Articles 1 l and 12. However, OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S Consult- ants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims., costs, losses or damages sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.3. Physical Conditio-a-Underground Facilities: 4.3.1. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on 18 0 I~ n ii information and data furnished to O\VNER or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 4.3.1.1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be respon- sible for the accuracy or completeness of any such informa- tion or data; and 4.3.1.2. The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR shall have full respon- sibility for. (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities as provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairng any damage thereto resulting from the Work. 4.3.2. Not Shorn or Indicated: If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, CON- TRAChOR shall, promptly after becoming'aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or per- forming any Work in connection therevrith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.23), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground Facility. If ENGINEER con- cludesthat achange in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order Hill be issued as provided in Article ]0 to reflect and document such conse- quences. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be respon- siblefor the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be al- lowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and that CON- TRACTOR did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitle- ment to or the amount or length of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. However, OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages incurred or sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. Reference Points: 4.4. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to estab- lish reference points for construction which in ENGINEER'S judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations 19 without the prior written approval of O\\'NER. CONTRAC- TOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be respon- sible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such refer- ence points by professionally qualified personnel. 4.5. Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous \\'aste or Radio- active Material: 4.5.1. OWNER shall be responsible for any Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive 1`4aterial uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the \\'ork and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any such materials brought to the site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Suppli- ers or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4.5.2.. CONTRACTOR shall immediately: (i) stop all Work in connection with such hazardous condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as re- quired by paragraph 6.23), and (ii) notify OWNER and ENGINEER (and thereafter confirm such notice in ~~riting). OWNER shall promptly consult with ENGINEER concern- ing the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such hazardous condition or take corrective action, if any. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume \rJork in connection with such hazardous condition or in any such affected area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR special written notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such-Work may be resumed safely. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed by CON- TRACTOR to be resumed, either party may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. 4.5.3. If after receipt of such special written notice CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such \\~ork based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then OWNER may order such portion of the \\~ork that is in connection with such hazardous condition or in such af- fected area to be deleted from the Work. ]f OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles ll and 12. OWNER may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by O\NNER's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. 4.5.4. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Reg- ulations, OWNER shall indernnify and hold harmless CON- TRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents, other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from such hazardous condition, provided that: (i) any such claim, cost, loss or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itselfj, including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) nothing in this subparagraph 4.5.4 shall obligate OWNER to indemnify any person or entity from and against the consequences of that person's or entity's own negli- gence. 4.5.5. The provisions of paragraphs 4.2 and 4.3 are not intended to apply to Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site. companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the juris- diction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be pro- vided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.3.2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraph 5.4. OWNER shall deliver to CONTRACTOR, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by CONTRACTOR or any other addi- tional insured) which OWNER is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 hereof. J u ii ii ARTICLE 5-BONDS AND INSURANCE Performance, Payment and Other Bonds: 5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also fur- nish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Treasury Department. (Phone 202-874-6850). All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to act. 5.2. -f the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRAC- TOR isdeclared abankrupt orbecomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5.1, CONTRACTOR shall within ten days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER. 5.3. Licensed Sureties and Insurers; Certificates ojlnsurance: 5.3.1. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance CONTRACTOR'S Liability Insurance: 5.4. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the s't'ork being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACT'OR'S performance and furnishing of the Work and CONTRACTOR'S other obligations under the Con- tract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 5.4.1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; 5.4.2: claims for damages because of bodily injury, oc- cupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRAC- TOR'S employees; 5.4.3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sick- ness or disease, or death of any person other than CON- TRACTOR'S employees; 5.4.4. claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability coverage which are sustained: (i) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR, or (ii) by any other person for any other reason; 5.4.5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 5.4.6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. 20 u u n 7 u 0 i u The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5.4 to be purchased and maintained shall: 5.4.7. with respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.4.3 through 5.4.6 inclusive, include as additional insureds (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of profes- sionalliability) OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Con- sultants and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insureds; 5.4.8. include the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supple- mentary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater; 5.4.9. include completed operations insurance; 5.4.10. include contractual liability insurance covering CONTRACTOR'S indemnity obligations under paragraphs 6.12, 6.16 and 6.31 through 6.33; 5.4.11. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemen- tary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5.3.2 will so pro- vide); 5.4.12. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correct- ing, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.12; and 5.4.13. .with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Condi- tions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to OWNER and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter). OWIVER's Liability Insurance: 5.5. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.4, OWNER, at O\'JNER's option, may purchase and maintain at OWNER'S expense OWNER'S own liability insurance as will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. Property Insurance: 5.6. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Con- ditions, OWNER shall purchase and maintain property insur- ante upon the \'Jork at the site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 5.6.1. include the interests of OWNER, CONTRAC- TOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGWEER's Con- sultants and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured; 5.6.2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-.risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the \~Vork, temporary buildings, falsework and Work in transit and shall ..insure against at least the following perils: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, coliapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, and such other perils as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; 5.6.3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replace- ment of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 5.6.4. cover materials and equipment stored at the site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Applica- tion for Payment recommended by ENGINEER; and 5.6.5. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by OWNER, CON- TRACTOR and ENGINEER with thirty days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued. 5.7. OWNER shall purchase and maintain sueh boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. 5.8. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and main- tained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days' prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph 5.11. ' 21 5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or others in the V1'ork to the extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within such iden- tified deductible amount, will be borne by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor or others suffering any such loss and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. 5.10. if CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under paragraphs 5.6 or 5.7, OWNER shall, if possi- ble, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the \Vork at the site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNER. 5.11. Wainer of Rights: 5.11.1. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that all policies purchased in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will protect O\~VNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Consultants and all other per- sons orentities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Consultants and all other persons orentities identified in the Supplemen- tary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. 5.11.2. In addition, OWNER waives all rights against CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGI- NEER'S Consultants and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them, for: 5.11.2.1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct phys- ical loss or damage to OWNER'S property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, v.-hether or not insured by OWNER; and 5.11.2.2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by OWNER during partial utilization pursuant to paragraph 14.10, after substantial completion pursuant to paragraph 14.8 or after final payment pursuant to paragraph 14.13. Any insurance policy maintained by OWNER covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in this paragraph 5. ] 1.2 shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage or consequential loss the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of CON- TRACTOR,Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Con- sultants and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them. Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds 5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraphs. 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the require- - menu of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.13. OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received, and shall distribute it in accordance with such agree- ment as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. 5.13. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER'S exercise of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such. agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, OWNER as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties. Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace: 5.14. If either party (OWNER or CONTRACTOR) has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the Bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing within ten days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by paragraph 2.7.OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other. such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. if either party does not purchase or maintain all of the Bonds and insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the ether party may elect to obtain equivalent Bonds or insurance to protect such other party's interests at the expense of the party who was 22 r r J ~l 0 ~~ J 7 r n r required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. Partial Utili;.ation-Property Insurance: 5.15. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.10; provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property incur- ance shall not be cancelled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Supen~ision and Superintendence: 6. L CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Con- tract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction H~hich is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accu- rately with the Contract Documents. 6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR'S representative at the site. and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRAC- TOR. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR. Labor, Materials and Equipment: 6.3. CONTRACTORshallprovidecompetent,suitablyqual- ified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the Work as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime work or the perfor- mance of Work on Saturday, Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent given after prior written notice to ENGINEER. 6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General Require- ments, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume full respon- sibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, con- struction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, tempo- rary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and comple- tion of the \'1'ork. 6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments. All warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of OVVN ER. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. Progress Schedule: 6.6. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.9 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below: 6.6.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.9) pro- posed adjustments in the progress. schedule that will not change the Contract Times (or Milestones). Such adjust- ments will conform .generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto 6.6.2: Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 12.1. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in accordance with Article 12. 6.7. Substitutes and "Or-Equal" Items: 6.7.1. Whenever an item of materi~.l or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or-equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equip- ment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by ENGINEER under the following circumstances: ' 23 6.7.1.1. "Or-Equnl": If in ENGINEER'S sole discre- tion an item of material or equipment proposed by CON- TRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and suffi- ciently similar so that no change in related 1'Vork will be required, it may be considered by ENGINEER as an "or-equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in ENGIN'EER's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for acceptance of proposed substitute items. 6.7.1.2. Substitute Items: if in ENGINEER'S sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an "or-equal" item under subparagraph 6.7.1.1, it will be considered a pro- posed substitute item. CONTRACTOR shall submit suffi- cientinformation as provided below to allow ENGINEER to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. The procedure for review by the ENGINEER will include the following as supple- mented in the General Requirements and as ENGINEER may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. Re- quests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by ENGINEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR. ]f CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment, CONTRACTOR shall first make written appli- cation to ENGINEER for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar in substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state the extent,. if any, to which the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will prejudice CON- TRACTOR'S achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and available maintenance, repair and replacement service will be indi- cated. The application will also contain an itemized esti- mate of all costs or credits that wilt result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors afl'ected by the resulting change, all of which will be considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitute. EN- GINEER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish addi- tional data about the proposed substitute. 6.7.1.3. CONTRACTOR'S Expense: All data to be provided by CONTRACTOR in support of any proposed "or-equal" or substitute item will be at CONTRACTOR's expense. 6.7.2. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: if a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute .means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER. CON- TRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow ENGI- NEER, in ENG[NEER's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by ENGI- NEER will be similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.7.1.2. 6.7.3. Engineer's Ei~aluution: ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2. ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability. N'o "or- equal" or substitute .will be ordered, installed or utilized without ENGiNEER's prior written acceptance which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved Shop Drawing. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's expense a special performance guarantee or other. surety with respect to any "or-equal" or substitute. ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S Consultants in evaluating substitutes proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2 and in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project)- occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER accepts a substitute item so proposed or submit- ted by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such proposed substitute item. Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others: 6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcon- tractor, Supplier or other person or organization (including those acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2), whether initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or ENGINEER may have reason- able objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. 6.8.2. If the Supplementary Conditions require the iden- tity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers or other persons or organizations (including those who are to furnish the princi- pal items of materials or equipment) to be submitted to OWNER in advance of the specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by O~'i'NER and ENGINEER, and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Condi- tions, OWNER'S or ENGINEER'S acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcon- tractor, Supplier or other person or organization so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due im~estigation, in which case CONTRACTOR shall sub- mit an acceptable substitute, the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such 24 u u substitution and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No acceptance by OWNER or ENGINEER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective Work. 6.9.1. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organiza- tionsperforming orfurnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CON- TRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR'S own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcon- tractor, Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGI- NEER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organi- zation except as may otherwise be required by Lav,-s and Regulations. 6.9.2. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR shall require all Sub- contractors, Suppliers and such other persons and organiza- tions performing or furnishing any of the Work to communi- cate with the ENGINEER through CONTRACTOR. 6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CON- TRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6.11. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Sub- contractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Docu- mentsfor the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER. Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property insurance provided in paragraph 5.6 or 5.7, the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier will con- tain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against OWNER, CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and all other additional insureds for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, CONTRACTOR will obtain the same. Patent Fees mrd Royalties: 6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royal- tiesand assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harm- less OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGiNEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, emplo}~ees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorpora- tion in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents. Permits: 6.13. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all con- struction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CON- TRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, v,~hich are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. CON- TRACTiOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for connec- tions to the Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Laws and Regulations: 6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Lav.~s and Regulations, neitherOWN ER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CON- TRACTOR'S compliance with any Laws or Regulations. 6.14.2. if CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting therefrom; however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR'S pri- mary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRAC- TOR'S obligations under paragraph 3.3.2. Taxes: 6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of 25 iJ the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. the Work, these record documents, Samples and Shop Draw- ings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER. i Use of Premises: 6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equip- ment, the storage of materials and equipment and the opera- tions of workers to the site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights-of--way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any dam- age to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitra- tion or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. CON- TRACTOR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Lav,-s and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGI- NEER, ENGINEER's Consultant and anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against OWNER, ENGINEER or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon CONTRACTOR'S performance of the Work. 6.17. During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the pre- mises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER at Substantial Completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. Record Documents: 6.19. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Direc- tives, Field Orders and written interpretations and clarifica- tions (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.4) in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction. These record documents together with all. approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings ti~ill be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion of Safely and Protection: 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and pro- grams in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 6.20.1. all persons on the Work site or who may be affected by the Work; 6.20.2.. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and 6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs,Jawns, walks, pavements; roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not desig- nated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. CONTRACTOR shall .comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify own- ers of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.20.2 or 6.20.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for v,~hose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drav,~ings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGINEER'S Consultant or anyone employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indi- rectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier or other per- son or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them). CONTRACTOR'S duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with para- graph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Comple- tion). Solely Representative: 6.21. CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and expe- rienced safety representative at the site whose duties and 26 r ~ L ~~ u u 0 responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and pro- grams. Hazard Communication Programs: 6.22. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the site in accor- dance with Laws or Regulations. Emergencies: 6.23. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or au- thorization from OWNER or ENGINEER, is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. CON- TRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.24. Shop Drawings and Samples: 6.24.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals (see paragraph 2.9). All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies specified in the General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quanti- ties, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show ENGINEER the materi- als and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the information for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.26. 6.24.2. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with said accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample sub- mittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers and the use for which intended and otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.26. The num- bers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in the Specifications. 6.25. Submida! Procedures: 6.25.1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sam- ple, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified: 6.25.1.1. all field measurements, quantities, dimen- sions, specified performance criteria, installation require- ments, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, 6.25.1.2. all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and 6.25.1.3. all information relative to CONTRACTOR'S sole responsibilities in respect of means, methods, tech- niques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 6.25.2. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CON- TRACTOR's obligations under the Contact Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR'S review and approval of that submittal. 6.25.3. At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such vari- ations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and approval of each such variation. 6.26. ENGIN EER will review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Draw- ings and Sample submittals accepted by ENGINEER as re- quired by paragraph 2.9. ENGINEER'S review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER'S review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction .(except where a particular means, method, technique, se- quence or procedure of construction is specifically and ex- pressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER,, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Draw- ings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previous submittals. 6.27. ENGINEER'S review and approval of Shop Draw- ings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from respon- sibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract 27 Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called EN- GINEER'S attention to each such variation at the time of submission as required by paragraph 6.25.3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.25.1. 6.28. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submissions accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9, any related \\~ork performed prior to ENGI- NEER'S review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. Continuing the Work: 6.29. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pend- ing resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 1S.S or as OWNER and CONTRAC- TOR may otherwise agree in writing. 6.30. COh'TRACTOR's General 1'farranty and Guarantee: 6.30.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR'S warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 6.30.2.5. any acceptance by OWNER or any failure to do so; 6.30.2.6. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of accept- ability by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 14.13; 6.30.2.7. any inspection, test or approval by others; or 6.30.2.8. any correction ofdefectire \'Vork by O\\'N ER. Indemnification: 6.31. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regula- tions, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and againsrall claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting ffom the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by .any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them maybe liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regard- less of the negligence of any such person or entity. ~I u 6.30.1.1. abuse, modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than CONTRACTOR, Sub- contractors or Suppliers; or 6.30.1.2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. 6.30.2. CONTRACTOR'S obligation to perform and com- plete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obli- gation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents 6.30.2.1. observations by ENGINEER; 6.30.2.2. recommendation of any progress or final payment by ENGINEER; 6.30.2.3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by OWNER to CONTRAC- TOR under the Contract Documents; 6.30.2.4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER; 6.32. In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGI- NEER or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees by any employee (or the sun~ivor or personal representative of such employee) of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.31 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.33. The indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.31 shall not extend to the liability of ENGI- NEER and ENGINEER's Consultants, officers, directors, employees or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. Survival of Obligations: 6.34. All representations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance with 28 I~I I ~J L i~ i~ u I ii i~ i~ i~ i~ the Contract Documents,. as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final pay- ment, completion and acceptance of the \'~'ork and termination or completion of the Agreement. ARTICLE 7-OTHER WORK Related Bork at Site: 7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by OWN'ER'S own forces, or let other direct contracts therefor which shall contain General Condi- tions similar to these, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work, and (ii) CONTRAC- TOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12 if CONTRACTOR believes that such performance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or re- quires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof. 7.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the addi- tional work with OWNER'S employees) proper and safe access- to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the V~'ork that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and inte- grate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not en- danger any work of others by cutting, excavating or other- wise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of CON- TRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors. 7.3. If the proper .execution or results of any part of CONTRACTOR'S Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR'S Work. CONTRACTOR'S failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in such other work. Coordination: 7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 7.4.1. the person, firm or corporation who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; 7.4.2. the specific matters to be covered by such author- ity and responsibility will be itemized; and 7.4.3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Condi- tions, OWNER shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. ARTICLE 8-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General Condi- tions, OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRAC- TOR through ENGINEER. 8.2. In case of termination of the employment of ENGI- NEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer against whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER. 8.3. OWNER shall furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make pay- ments to CONTRACTOR promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13. 8.4. OWNER'S duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish ref- erence points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Paragraph 4.2 refers to OWNER'S identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site and drawings of physical conditions in existing structures at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.5. OWNER'S responsibilities in respect of purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in paragraphs 5.5 through 5.10. 8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.4. 8.7. OWNER'S responsibility in respect of certain inspec- tions, tests and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.4. 8.8. to connection with OWNER'S right to stop Work or suspend Work, see paragraphs 13.10 and 15.1. Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER'S right to terminate services of CON- TRACTOR under certain circumstances. 29 8.9. The OWNER shall not supen~ise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, CONTRAC- TOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures ofconstruction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or perfor- mance of the \~Vork. OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR'S failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10. OWNER'S responsibility in respect of undisclosed Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Materials uncovered or revealed a[ the site is set forth in paragraph 4.5. 8.11. If and to the extent OWNER has agreed to furnish CONTRACTOR reasonable evidence that financial arrange- ments have been made to satisfy OWNER'S obligations under the Contract Documents, OWNER'S responsibility in respect thereof will be as se[ forth in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 9-ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION Oli;~'ER's Representative: 9.1. ENGINEER will be OWNER'S representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as O\\%NER's repre- sentative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER. Visits to Site: 9.2. ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as ENGI- NEERdeems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of CONTRAC- TOR'S executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, ENGINEER will endeavor for the benefit of OWNER to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. EN- GINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continu- ous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on-site observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defective Work. EN- GINEER'S visits and on-site observations are subject to all the limitations on ENGINEER'S authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.13, and particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER'S on-site visits or 30 observations of CONTRACTOR's Work ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be respon- sible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, se- quences or procedures of construction, or the safety precau- tions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations appli- cable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. Project Representative: 9.3. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGI- NEER in providing more continuous observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.13 and in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another representative or agent to represent OWNER at the site who is not ENGI- NEER'S Consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other person will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. Clarifications and Interpretations: 9.4. ENGINEER. will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the require- ments of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on OWNER and CONTRAC- TOR. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as pro- vided in Article 11 or Article 12. Authorised Variations in Work: 9.5. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. !f OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as provided in Article I 1 or 12. Rejecting Rejective N'ork: 9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defec•tire, or ~i ~i ~i ~~ ~~~ I(^III L~ I~~ I~~I I u n C1 n that ENGINEER believes will notproduce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning ++hole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority to require special inspec- tion or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. Shop Drax•irrgs, Change Orders and Pa~•rnents: 9.7. In connection with ENGINEER'S authority as to Shop brawings and Samples, see paragraphs 6.24 through 6?8 inclusive. 9.8. In connection with ENGINEER'S authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. 9.9. In connection with ENGINEER'S authority as to Applications fur Payment, see Arlicle 14. Delenninatiorrs for Unit Prices: 9.10. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and .classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRAC- TOR. ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR the EN- GINEER's preliminary determinations on such matters before .rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER'S written decision thereon will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days after the date of any such decision, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to the other and to ENGINEER written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER'S decision and: (i) an appeal from ENGINEER'S decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in Exhibit GC-A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement; ' entered into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to .Article 16, or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to ENGINEER'S decision, unless othen+~ise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such appeal will not be subject to the procedw-es of paragraph 9.1 I. Decisions on Disputes: 9.11. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contr:~ct Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the 1Vork or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and fw-nishing of the Work and Claims under Articles 1 I and 12 in respect of changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and +vritten supporting data will be submitted to ENGINEER and the other party +vithin sixty days after the start of such occun-ence or event unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant ++ithin thirty days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless ENGINEER allo++s additional time). ENGINEER will render a formal decision in ++riting within thirty daps after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. ENGINEER'S written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless: (i) an appeal from ENGINEER'S decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in EXHlE31T GC-.A. "Dispute Reso- lution Agreement;' entered into between O\\rNER and CON- TRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (ii) if nu such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a +xritten notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER'S written decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within thirty days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights ur remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 9.12. \\'hen functioning as interpreter and judge under paragraphs 9.10 and 9.1 I, ENGINEER +will nut show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection ++ith any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 or 9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.15) ++~ill be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant to Article 16. 9.13. Limitations on E:\'G/:1'EER's Authority and Responsibilities: 9.13.1. Neither ENGINEER'S authority or responsibil- ity under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents norany decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization, or to any surety for or em- ployee or agent of any of them. 31 C~ 9.13.2. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRAC- TOR'S means, methods, techniques, sequences or proce- dures of construction, or the safety precautions and pro- gramsincident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. ENGINEER ~s ill not be responsible for CONTRACTOR'S failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance v.~ith the Contract Docu- ments. 19.13.3. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization perform- ing or furnishing any of the Work. 10.4. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shalt execute appro- priate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER (or Writ- ten Amendments) covering: 10.4.1. changes in the ~~'ork which are (i) ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.1, (ii) required because of acceptance of defectire V1'ork under paragraph 13.13 or correcting dcfec•tive Work under paragraph 13.14, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 10.4.2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties; and 10.4.3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision ren- dered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 9.11; 9.13.4. ENGINEER'S review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all mainte- nance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and Other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph 14.12 will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Doc- uments. 9.13.5. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.13 shall also apply to ENG1- NEER's Consultants, Resident Project Representative and assistants. ARTICLE 10-CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.1. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions trill be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a y~'ork Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, CONTRAC- TOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically pro- vided). 10.2. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of a 14'ork Change Directive, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Article I 1 or .Article 12. 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any V1'ork performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.23 or in the case of uncovering Work. as provided in paragraph 13.9. provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, CON- TRACTOR shall carry on the V1'ork and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph 6.29. 10.5. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the V1'ork or the provisions of the Contract Documents (includ- ing, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR'S respon- sibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. ARTICLE 11=CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 11.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensa- tion (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to CON- TRACTOR for performing the Work..All duties, responsibili- tiesand ob-igationsassigned to orundertaken byCONTRACTOR shall be at CONTRACTOR'S expense without change in the Contract Price. 11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjust- ment in the Contract Rice shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim and stating the genertl nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed. covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with paragrtph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree nn the amount involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will. 32 I~ CII III u u U r u n be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph 11.2. 11.3. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 11.3.1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of paragraphs 11.9.1 through 11.9.3, inclusive); 11.3.2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph 11.6.2); 11.3.3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph ] 1.3.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5) plus a CONTRACTOR'S fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in paragraph 11.6). Cost of the Yl'ork: LEI .11.4. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5: 11.4.1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such employees shall include without lim- itation superintendents, foremen and other personnel em- ployed full- time at the site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, work- ers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave; vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER. 11.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CON- TRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materi- als and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CON- TRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. t 1.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Sub- contractors for 1Vork performed or furnished by Subcontrac- tors. If required by OWNER,. CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to OW1~'ER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be accepted. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in paragraphs 11.4, 11.5, 11.6 and 11.7. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable. 11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, survey- ors, attorneys and accountants) employed for sen~ices spe- cifically related to the Work. 11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following: 11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's em- ployees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. 11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and mainte- nance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are con- sumed in the performance of the Work, and cost less market value of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR. 11.4.5.3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agree- ments approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGI- NEER, and the costs of transportation, loading, unload- ing, installation, dismantling and removal thereof-all in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. 11.4.S.S. Deposits lost for causes other than negli- gence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. 33 11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the performance and furnishing of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.9), provided they have re- sulted from causes other than the negligence of CON- TRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settle- ments made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACT'OR'S fee. If, however, any such loss or damage requires reconstruction and CONTRAC- TOR is placed in charge thereof, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2. 11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary facili- ties at the site. 11.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long dis- tance telephone calls, telephone service at the site, ex- pressage and similar petty cash items in connection with the V1'ork. 11.5.5. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRAC- TOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indi- rectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making good any damage to property. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph 11.4. 11.6. The CONTRACTOR'S fee allowed to CONTRAC- TOR for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 11.6.2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: 11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2, the CONTRACTOR'S fee shall be fifteen percent; 1).6.2.2. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.4.3, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be five percent; 11.4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of changes in the yL~ork. 11.5. The term Cost of the Vl'ork shall not include any of the following: 11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CON- TRACTOR'S officers, executives, principals (of partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, ar- chitects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, pur- chasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in CONTRACTOR'S principal or a branch office for general administration of the V~~ork and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or specifically covered by paragraph 11.4.4-all of which are to be consid- ered administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTOR'S fee. 11.5.2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR'S principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR'S office at the site. 11.5.3. Any part of CONTRACTOR'S capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR'S capital employed for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delin- quent payments. 11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by subparagraph 11.4.5.9 above). 34 11.6.2.3. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of paragraphs 11.4.1, 11.4.2, 11.4.3 and 11.6.2 is that the Subcontractor who actually performs or furnishes the Work, at vfiatever tier, will be paid a fee of fifteen percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; 11.6.2.4. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 11.4.5 and 11.5; ] 1.6.2.5. the amount of credit to be allowed by CON- TRACTOR to OWNER for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in CONTRACTOR'S fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and 11.6.2.6. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in CONTRACTOR's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 11.6.2.5, inclusive. 11.7. Whenever the cost of any Work is to be determined pursuant to paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5, CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown to- gether with supporting data. ~I ~~ Cach Allox~nnces: 1 n n u 11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be fur- nished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: 11.8.1. the allowances include the cost to CONTRAC- TOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes; and 11.8.2. CONTRACTOR'S costs for unloading and han- dling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the alloti•ances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.9. Unit Price Rork: 11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work : n amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifica- tions of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.10. 11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR'S overhead and profit for each sepa- rately identified item.. 11.9.3. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 11 if: 11.9.3.1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and sig- nificantly from the estimated quantity ~€ such item. ndi- cated irr the Agreement; and 15.8.3.2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any cteher item of Work; and 11.9.3.3. if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRAC- TfJR is entitled to an increase in Contract. Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or O\'VNER be- lieves that OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. ARTICLE 12-CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.1. The Contract 'l'imes (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a \\'ritten Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. .All claims for adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be determined by ENGI- NEER in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or 1\4ilestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph 12.1. 12.2. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. 12.3. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from complet- ing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of CONTRAC- TOR,the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph 12.1. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather condi- tions or acts of God. Delays .attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR. 12.4. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from complet- ing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both OWNER __ and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR'S sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no evestt shall OWNER be liable to CONTRAC- TOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any ~i them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays eared by or within the control of CONTRACTOR, or (ii) 35 delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather condi- tions, acts of God or acts or neglect by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7. 36 approval. CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arrang- ingand obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for OVVNER's and ENGINEER'S acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. 13.6. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if re- quested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation. 13.7. Uncovering \Vork as provided in paragraph 13.6 shall be at CONTRACTOR'S expense unless CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR'S inten- tion to cover the same and ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. ARTICLE 13-TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE \\'ORK 1,3.1. Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or ENGINEER have actual knowl- edge will be given to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected, corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 13. Access to Yl'ork: 13.2. OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Consultants, other representatives and personnel of OWNER, independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies with jurisdic- tional interests w-ill have access to the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of CONTRACTOR'S site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. Tests and Inspections: 13.3. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely no- tice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. 13.4. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 13.4.1. for inspections, tests or approvals covered by paragraph 13.5 below; 13.4.2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.9 below shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13.9; and 13.4.3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Con- tract Documents. 13.5. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any 1'Vork (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other repre- sentative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewkh, and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection, or Uncovering Rork: 13.8. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER'S observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR'S expense. 13.9. if ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGiNEER's re- quest, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. if it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and OV1'N'ER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. lf, however, such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, ob- servation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as pro- vided in Articles 11 and 12. OWt\'ER May Stop the {fork: .13.10. ]f the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equip- ment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed V/ork will conform to the Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work ii u n 0 u ~I ~i u 11 ~~ r n L shall not give rise to any duty on the part of O\'VNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or any surety or other party. Correction or Removal of Defectir•e 1•~'ork: 13.11. ]f required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.12. Correction Period: 13.12.1, if within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be pre- scribed by LaH~s or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Doc- uments or by any specific provision of the Contract Docu- ments, any Vdork is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, tiithout cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions: (i) correct such defec- tive Work, or, if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency ~~here delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, 01rJNER may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such re- moval and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR. 13.12.2. [n special circumstances where. a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous sen~ice before Substan- tial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by \\'ritten Amendment. 13.12.3. V1'here defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph 13.12, the correction period hereunder ~+~ith respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one ~~ear after such correction or re- moval and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. Acceptance of Defecdre 11'ork: 13.13. lf, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective \\'ork, O\~NER (and, prior to ENGI- NEER's recommendation of final payment, also ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall 37 pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER'S recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and O WNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such recommenda- tion, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. OWNER A1ay Correct Defective 1i'ork: 13.14. if CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.1 I, or if CON- TRACTOR fails to perform the Work. in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days' written notice. to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. [n exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall pro- ceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend CONTRACTOR'S services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR'S tools, appliances, construc- tion equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's representatives, agents and employees, OWNER'S other con- tractors and ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S Consultants ac- cess to the site to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 1 1. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replace- ment of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of CONTRACTOR'S defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the \\'ork attributable to the exercise by OWN ER of OWNER'S rights and remedies hereunder. ARTICLE 14-PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Schedule of Values: 14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units com- pleted. Application for Progress Payment: 14.2. At least twenty days before the date established for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the \\'ork completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equip- ment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or a[ another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect O\'VNER's interest therein, all of which v,~ill be satisfactory to OWNER. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. C0:'\'TRACTOR's Warranty of Title: 14.3. CONTRACTOR N arrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to .OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. Review of Applications for Progress Pa}~ment: 14.4. ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the .Application to OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indi- cating in writing ENGINEER'S reasons for refusing to recom- mend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER'S recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of the last sen- tence ofparagraph 14.7) become due and when due will be paid by OWNEK to CONTRACTOR. 14.5. ENGINEER'S recommendation of any pa}~ment re- quested in an Application for Payment will constitute a repre- sentation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on ENGINEER's on-site observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on ENGINEER'S review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to-the best of ENGiNEER's knowledge, infor- mation and belief: 38 14.5.1. the Work has progressed to the point indicated, 14.5.2. the quality of the Work is generally in accor- dance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evalu- ation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.10, and to any other quali- fications stated in the recommendation), and 14.5.3. the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR'S being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is ENGINEER'S responsibility to observe the Work. However, by recommending any such payment ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: (i) exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents or (ii) that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties-that might entitle CONTRAC- TOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR. 14.6. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment, in- cluding final payment, shall not mean that ENGINEER is responsible for CONTRACTOR'S means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precau- tions and programs incident theteto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations appli- cable to the furnishing or performance of \\'ork, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to perform or furnish Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.7. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER'S opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.5. ENGINEER may also refuse to recom- mend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discov- ered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections ot• tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER'S opinion to protectOWNER from loss because: 14.7.1. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, 14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by Writ- ten Amendment or Change Order, 14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct dcfec- tii•e N'ork or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.14, or 14.7.4. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the oc- currence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER because: 14.7.5. claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTORS performance or furnishing of the Work, i~ I~ r u J u fl n n 14.7.6. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except. where CONTRACTOR has delivered a ' specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, 14.7.7. there are ether items entitling OWNER to a set-off against the amount recommended, or 14.7.8. O\'VNER has actual knowledge of the occur- rence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 14.7.1 through 14.7.3 or paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive; u n u n 0 0 0 u but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when CONTRACTOR corrects to OWN- ER's satisfaction the reasons for such action. Substantial Completion: 14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRAC- TOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an .inspection of the \'Vork to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work sub- stantially complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Com- pletion ~~~hich shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the N'ork is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of OWNER'S objections, EN- GINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGI- NEER will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Sub- stantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative .certificate of Substantial Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pend- ingfinal payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utili- ties,insurance and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER'S issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER'S aforesaid recommendation ~s~ill be binding on O\\'NER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. 14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRAC- TOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. Partutl Utili;Rtion: 14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any sub- stantiallycompleted part of the Work which: (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a sepa- ratelyfunctioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant inter- ference with CONTRACTOR'S performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Com- pletion of all the \\'ork subject to the following: 14.10.1. OWNER at any time may request CON- TRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OV4'NER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. if CON- TRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work is substan- tially complete, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is substan- tially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certif- icate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the \\'ork ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the 1\'ork. \\'ithin a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. ]f ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, ENGI- NEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writ- ing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 v.~ill apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto, 14.10.2. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property insurance. Final Inspection: 14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGI- NEER will make a final inspection with OWNER and CON- TRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all 39 particulars in which this inspection reveals that the \§'ork is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. Final Application jor Paymen[: 14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such cor- rections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certifi- cates orother evidence of insurance required by paragraph 5.4, certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.19) and other documents, CONTRAC- TOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.4.13, (ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or ~~aivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by OWNER, CONTRAC- TOR may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment. for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWN ER's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. if any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satis- factory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien. CONTRACTOR. 14.14. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final com- pletion of the Work is significantly delayed and if ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR'S final Application for Payment and recommendation of El~'GI- NEER, and without terminating the Agreement, make pay- ment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less tfian the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph 5.1, the written con- sent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Appli- cation for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. R'alver of Claims: 14.15. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 14.15.1. a waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursu- ant to paragraph 14.11, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from CONTRACTOR'S continuing ob- ligations under the Contract Documents; and 14.15.2. a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. u n n n Final Payment and Acceptance: 14.13. If, on the basis of ENGINEER'S observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and ENGI- NEER'S review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER'S recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWI~'ER for pay- ment. At the same time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.15. Oth- erwise, ENGINEER will return the Application to CON- TRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Thirty days after the presentation to OWNER of the Applica- tion and accompanying documentation, in appropriate form and substance and with ENGINEER's recommendation and notice of acceptability, the amount recommended by ENGI- NEER will become due and will be paid by OWNER to ARTICLE 15-SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION OR'NER May Suspend Work: 15.1. At any time and without cause, OWNER may sus- pend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. OWNER May Terminate: 15.2. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: 40 u ~l n u J I~ r L 0 0 15.2.1. if CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (in- cluding, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.9 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to paragraph 6.6); 15?.2. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regula- tions of any public body having jurisdiction; 15.2.3. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of ENGINEER; or 15.2.4. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any sub- stantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if any,) seven days' written notice and to the extent permit- ted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipmeri~ and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materi- als and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by OWNER arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses and dam- ages exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed by ENGI- NEER as to .their reasonableness and when so approved by ENGINEER incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. 15.3. Where CONTRACTOR'S services have been so ter- minated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability. 15.4. Upon seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items): 15.4.1. for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effec- tive date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 15.4.2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Docu- ments in connection with uncompleted ~~'ork, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 15.4.3. for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and 15.4.4. for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of .anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. C011'TRACTOR r'tlay Stop Il•'ork or Terminate: .15.5. lf, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public author- ity, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or OWNER fails for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agree- ment and recover from OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.4. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Application for Payment within.. thirty days after it is submitted, or OWNER has failed for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may upon seven day's written notice to OWNER and ENGI- NEER stop th'e Work until payment of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.5 are not intended to preclude CON- TRACTOR from making claim under Articles 11 and 12 for an increase in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRAC- TOR'S stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 16-DISPUTE RESOLUTION if and to the extent that OWNER and CONTRACTOR have agreed on the method and procedure Tor resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure, if any, shall be as set forth in Exhibit GC-A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement; ' to be attached hereto and made a part hereof. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, and subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10, 9.11, and 9.12, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise 41 such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. ARTICLE 17-MISCELLANEOUS act of the other party or of any of the other party's employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. ~I Giring Notice: 17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. Computation of Times: 17.2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 17.2.2.. A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a day. Notice of Claim: 17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or Cumulative Remedies: 17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular but without limitation, the vrarranties, guarantees and obligations imposed upon CON- TRACTOR by paragraphs 6.12, 6.16, 6.30, 6.31, 6.32, 13.1, 13.12, 13.14, 14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available to OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition to, and are -not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available. by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. Professional Fees and Court Costs Included: 17.5. Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," it shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs. [The remainder of this page was left blank intentionally.] 42 r C u ii ii n 0 [I n [1 n EXHIBIT GC-A to General Conditions of the Agreement Between OWNER and CON- TRACTOR Dated For use with EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1990 ed.) DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGREEMENT OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereby agree that Article 16 of the General Conditions to the Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR is amended to include the following agreement of the parties: 16.1. All claims, disputes and other matters in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising out of or relat- ing to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the making or accep- tance of final payment as provided by paragraph 14.15) will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Asso- ciation then obtaining, subject to the limitations of this Article 16. This agreement so to arbitrate and any other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance herewith as provided in this Article 16 will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction. 16.2. No demand for arbitration of any claim, dispute or other matter that is required to be referred to ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with paragraph 9.1 ]will be made until the earlier of (a) the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision or (b) the thirty-first day after the parties have presented their evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will be made later than thirty days after the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect thereof in accordance with paragraph 9.11; and the failure to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period will result in ENGINEER'S decision being final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. ]f ENGINEER renders a de- cision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision maybe entered as evidence but will not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except where the decision is accept- able tothe parties concerned. No demand for arbitration of any written decision of ENGINEER rendered in accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made later than ten days after the party making such demand has delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided in paragraph 9.10. 16.3. Notice of the demand for arbitration will be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy will be sent to ENGINEER for information. The demand for arbitration will be made within the thirty-day or ten- day period specified in paragraph 16.2 as applicable, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limita- tions. 16.4. Except as provided in paragraph 16.5 below, no arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner any other person or entity (including ENGINEER, ENGI- NEER'S Consultant and the officers, directors, agents, em- ployees orconsultants of any of them) who is not a party to this contract un'sess: 16.4.1. the inclusion of such other person or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration, and 16.4.2. such other person or entity is substantially in- volved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in such proceedings, and 16.4.3. the written consent of the other person or entity sought to be included and of OWNER and CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion, which consent shall make specific reference to this paragraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described in such consent or to arbitration with any party not specifically identified in such consent. 16.5.- Notwithstanding paragraph 16.4 if a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRAC- TOR involves the Work of a Subcontractor, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such Subcontractor as a party to the arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts required by paragraph 6.11 a specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to being joined in an arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the Work of such Subcontrac- tor. Nothing in this paragraph-16.5 nor in the provision of such subcontract consenting to joinder shall create any claim, right or cause of action in favor of Subcontractor and against OWNER, ENGINEER or E?~GINEER's .Consultants that does not otherwise exist. 16.6. The award rendered by the arbitrators will he final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdic- tion thereof, and it will not be subject to modification or appeal. [The remainder of this page was left blank intentionally.] GC-A 1 n 16.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that they shall first submit any and all unsettled claims, counterclaims, dis- putesand other matters in question between them arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof ("disputes"), to mediation by The American Arbitration As- sociation under the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association prior to either of them initiating against the other a demand for arbitration pursuant to paragraphs 16.1 through 16.6, unless delay in initiating arbitra- tion would irrevocably prejudice one of the parties. The respective thirty and ten day time limits within which to file a demand for arbitration as provided in paragraphs 16.2 and 16.3 above shall be suspended with respect to a dispute submitted to mediation within those same applicable time limits and shall remain suspended until ten days after the termination of the mediation. The mediator of any dispute submitted to mediation under this Agreement shall not serve as arbitrator of such dispute unless otherwise agreed. [The remainder of this page was left blank intentionally.] GC-A2 ~i ~i ~i ~i ii ii ~i ~i 0 ii 0 n SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 General 2.0 Defined Terms (GC-1) 3.0 Contract?Bonds, Workmen's Compensation and Insurance (GC-5) 4.0 "Or Equal" Equipment (GC-6.7) 5.0 Subcontractors and Suppliers (GC-6.8) 6.0 Separate Contractor Claims (GC-7.5) 7.0 Engineer's Status During Performance of the Work (GC-9) 8.0 ~ Correction Period (GC-13.12) 9.0 Unit Price. Work (GC-11.9) 10.0 Application for Progress Payment (GC-14.2) 11.0 Lien Waivers (GC-14.2) 12.0 State of MN Withholding Requirements (GC-14.12) 13.0 Arbitration (GC-16) 14.0 Failure to Complete Work on Time SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS I.O..GENERAL These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard ' General-.Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC No. 1910-8, 1990 edition) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. The reference in parenthesis for each item in these Supplementary Conditions corresponds to the relevant section of the General Conditions which is modi~isd by the Supplementary Conditions. 2.0 DEFINED TERMS (GC-1) The terms used in-these Supplementary Conditions which are defined ' in the Standard Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1990 edition) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. Completion Date(s): :Shall be the date(s) stated in-the Special Provisions for. the completion of the work. -3.O CONTRACT BONDS, WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION ~ INSURANCE {GC-5) A. Contract Bond (GC-5.1) Prior to signing the contract, the Contractor shall furnish a performance bond and a labor and material payment bond to the ' Owner and the local municipality for the full amount of the contract,. based on the lump sum bid on the anticipated quantities and unit prices as determined by the Engineer. This ' .:bond shall have a maintenance guarantee for a period of two (2) years from final completion and acceptance of the work. B. Liability Insurance (GC-5.3) The .Contractor shall, as provided in the General Conditions, obtain insurance acceptable to the Owner in a company or companies acceptable to the Owner and shall furnish copies of ': all certificates of insurance to the Owner at the time he :executes. the Contract. The Contractor shall not commence work nor shall he allow his employees or subcontractors or anyone to commence. work until all required insurance has been obtained and certificates of insurance submitted to the Owner. The Contractor shall take out and maintain at all times during the entire period of performanceand until the work is accepted ' Supp. 1 i~ By the Owner under this contract the required policies of insurance. The limits of liability for the insurance required by paragraph 5.3 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the amounts stated in the purchase order terms and conditions or greater where required by laws and regulations. (l) Worker's Compensation, etc., under paragraphs 5.3..1 and 5.3.2 of the General Conditions: - State: Statutory - Applicable Federal (e.g. Longshoreman's): Statutory - Employer's Liability: $100,000 (2) Comprehensive General Liability under paragraphs 5.3.3 through 5.3.6 of the General Conditions: - Bodily Injury (including completed operations and products' liability):. $250,000 Each Occurrence $500,000 Annual Aggregate - Property Damage: $250,000 Each Occurrence $500,000 Annual Aggregate °° or combined single limit of $1,000,000 - Property Damage. Liability insurance. will provide explosion, collapse and underground coverages where applicable. - Personal Injury, with employment exclusion deleted: $500,000 Annual Aggregate (3) Comprehensive Automobile Liability .under paragraphs 5.3.7 of the General Conditions: - Bodily Injury: $250,000 $500,000 - Property Damage: $250,000 Each Person Each Occurrence Each Occurrence or combined .single limit of $1,000,000 C. Contractual Liability Insurance (GC-5 4) The Contractual Liability required by paragraph 5.4 of the General Gonditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts: Supp. 2 l - Bodily Injury: $500,000 Each Occurrence - Property Damage: $250,000 Each Occurrence 000 Annual Aggregate $500 ' , D. Owner's`Liability Insurance (GC-5.5) The Owner and Meyer-Rohl in, Inc. shall be named and listed as ' additional insureds on .the Contractor's general liability policy. The inclusion of more than one named insured shall not operate to impair the rights of one insured against another insured, and the coverages afforded shall apply as though ' sepa-rate policies had been issued to each. insured. ~~ E. All--Risk Property Insurance (GC-5.6) Delete paragraph 5.6 of the General conditions in its entirety and'insertthe following in its place:. ' "Contractor shall purchase and maintain until final payment property insurance upon the work at the side to the full insurable value thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as ' may be provided in these Supplementary Conditions or required by laws and regulations). This insurance shall- include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer and ' .Engineer's consultants in the work (all of whom shall be listed as insureds or additional insured parties), shall -insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage, shall include "all-risk" insurance for physical .loss and damage ' including theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, collapse `and water. damage,. and such. other perils as may. be provided in these Supplementary Conditions, and shall include damages, ' lossesand expenses arising out of or resulting, from any insured loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other profes- sionals). If not covered under the "all-risk" insurance ar otherwise provided in these Supplementary Conditions, Contrac- tor shall purchase and maintain similar property insurance on portions of the work stored on and off the site or in transit when such portions of the work are to be included in an application for payment. The policies of insurance required. to ' be purchased and maintained by Contractor in accordance with this paragraph 5.6 -shall comply with the requirements, of GC-5.8." ' F, Boiler and Machinery Insurance GC-5.7) Delete paragraph 5.7 of the General Conditions iri its entirety and insert the followingin its place: "Contractor shall purchase and maintain such bailer and , 3 S r tipp. 'J ~I 1 l h~ ~I u n ~~ machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer and Engineer's consul- tants in the work, all of whom shall be listed as insured or additional insured parties. All responsibility for the safety of the work involving any steam boiler or any machinery, including the steam boiler and machinery itself, shall remain with the Contractor on that part of the work, and shall so remain until after testing of the equipment has shown it to be acceptable to the Owner's boiler and machinery insurer, if any, and after such work has been accepted in writing by the Owner." G. Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds (GC-5 i2 and GC-5.13) If Contractor is required to purchase, property insurance, then any insured loss will be adjusted with Contractor and payable to Contractor. H. Certificates of Insurance Certificates and endorsements of all required insurance policies thereof shall be submitted. prior to commencing.. the work.. Proof of insurance shall be submitted directly to the Owner for review and approval with a record copy only to the Engineer for his files. The Contractor shall not begin any work until the Owner has reviewed and approved 'the Insurance Certificate. If the Insurance Agent executing the .Insurance Certificate indicates that there are .special limitations on the insurance policy, then a copy of policy exclusions must be submitted with the Insurance Certificate. Insurance policies need not. be submitted unless specifically requested by the Owner . 4.0 "OR EQUAL" EQUIPMENT (GC-6.7) Major items of mechanical equipment, electrical equipment, and process .equipment. have been specified by name followed by the words "or equal". In all .cases the dimensions shown on the. plans are based on the named equipment. It shall be fully acknowledged and understood that the furnishing and installing of any "or equal" equipment shall include the preparation and submission of all details, shop and construction drawings showing all modifications necessary to accommodate such equipment. It shall be further acknowledged and understood that if any "or equal" is bid., .the bid shall include all costs necessary to make any and all architectural, structural, mechanical and .electrical changes required. to incorporate such equipment into the project. No extras will be allowed. after .the award of the Contract for any modifications required to install or properly operate "or equal" equipment. Supp. 4 n 1 All "or equal" equipment shall conform to the requirements of the respective parts and sections of the plans and specifications. Guarantees shall also conform to the Contract Documents, The Contractor shall pay for all redesign costs associated with- . the retrofitting required for the installation and usec~f "or equal" equipment. 5.O SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS (GC-6.8) Refer to the Instructions to Bidders.and the Special Provisipns for any further requirements regarding subcontractor and supplier approval. ~~ n 11 6.O SEPARATE CONTRACTOR CLAIMS (New Section GC-7.5) .Should Contractor cause damage to the work or property of any separate contractor at the site, or should any claim. arising out, of Contractor's performance of the work at the site be made by any ', separate contractor against Contractor,. Owner, Engineer, .the Construction Coordinator or any other person, Contractor' shal'1 promptly attempt to settle with such other. .contractor by agreement, or to otherwise resolve the dispute by arbitration or ' at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest. extent permitted by laws and regulations, indemnify and hold Owner, Engineer and the - Construction Coordinator harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including, but not limited to`, fees.. of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs) arising .directly, indirectly or consequentially out of any .action, legal or equitable, brought by ' any separate contractor against Owner, Engineer or the Construe- tion Coordinator to the extent based on a claim arising out of Contractor's performance of the work. Should a separate°contractor ' cause. damage to the work or property of Contractor or should the performance of work. by any separate contractor at the site give rise to any other claim, Contractor shall not institute any ' action, legal or equitable, against Owner, Engineer or the .Construction Coordinator or permit any action against any of them. to be maintained and continued in its name or for its benefit in any court or .before any arbiter which seeks to impose liability on or to recover damages from Owner,. Engineer or the Construction Coordinator on account of any such damage or claim. If`Contractor is delayed at any time in performing or furnishing work by ary act '. or neglect of a separate contractor and Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent of any adjustment in contract time attributable thereto, Contractor may make a claim for an , extension of time in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. An extension of the contract time. shall be Contrac- tor's exclusive remedy with respect to Owner, Engineer and :.Construction Coordinator for any delay, disruption, interference ' or hinderance caused by any separate contractor. This, paragraph does not prevent recovery from Owner, -Engineer or Construction . Coordinator for activities. that are their respective responsibili- ' ties. Supp 5 ~i ' 7.O ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK (GC-9) This section. is a .supplement to Article 9--Engineer's Status ' During Construction of the General Conditions. A. Owner's Consultant The_Engineer, as the design professional,. will be the Owner's ' consultant during the performance of the work. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of the Engineer as the Owner's consultant during this period are set forth in these Contract Documents and will not be extended without written consent of the Owner and the Engineer. In the event of an extension of the Engineer's duties and responsi- ' bilities, the Contractor will be provided with written notice of such amendment. B'. Rode as Interp rater ' _ The Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and the judge of the performance thereunder. All matters relating to the execution ' .and progress of .the work, or the interpretation of or performance under the Contract Documents, shall be referred initially to the Engineer for decision which will be rendered ' promptly. ~V The Engineer will issue such written int erpretation of the Contract Documents (in the form of drawings or otherwise) as he ' ~-_ may determine .necessary which will be consistent with or r bl f ~, easona y in erable from the overall intent of the Contract Documents. ' , ~ C. Communications with Contractor All communications with the Contractor pertaining to perfor- ' mance of the work will normally be issued through the Engineer. D. Resident Project Inspector The Resident Project Inspector will be either the Engineer or ' the Engineer's agent, as so designated. The Resident Project .Inspector is responsible for assisting the Project Engineer in determining, in general, if the work is completed in accordance ' with the plans and specifications and Contract Documents. Communications pertaining to compliance submittals, written ' interpretations, and amendments shall be directed to the Engineer at his home office with co ies to th R id t p e es en Project Inspector. ' Communications .pertaining to day-to-day operations at the site `shall be directed to the Resident Project Inspector. E. Authority to Disapprove or Reject Defective Work ' All equipment and materials used and all work done with at all times will be subject to the inspection, tests, and approval of the Engineer or his authorized representatives. ' Supp. 6 The Engineer has the authority to disapprove or reject any work ' which is "defective". He also has the authority to require special inspection or testing of the work. The Engineer has the authority to disapprove. or rejeet._any' defective workmanship, equipment or materials. If the work. is defective or the Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen or suitable. equipment or materials, the Engineer may order the Contractor to stop the work ar any.- portion thereof. until the cause for such -order has been eliminated; however, this right of the Engineer to stop the work will not give rise to any duty on the part of the Enginee.- to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other party. F. Limitations on Engineer's Responsibilities This .article states the limitations on the Engineer's responsi- blity as between the Engineer and the Contractor. Neither Engineer's authority to act under .these Contract Documents nor any decision made by him in good faith either. o exercise or not exercise such authority will give rise to any duty or responsibility of the Engineer to the Contactor, any Subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, any of their agents or employees, or any other person performing any of the work. The Engineer is not responsible for construction,- safety precautions, and programs incidental thereto. Neither is- he responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in, accordance with the Contract Documents. The Engineer is .not responsible for the acts or omissions of any Contractor or any Subcontractor, Contractor's supplier or manufacturer, or any of his or their agents or employees. The presence or absence of the Engineer or his representative will not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility or of any guarantee of his performance. Neither will observation by the Engineer or his .representative in any way be understood to relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for -proper supervision of the work at all times. The review and acceptance of the Contractor's compliance submittals. by the Engineer will be understood to be only for conformance with the design concept, .for eampliance with the intent of the Contract Documents, and to assist the Contractor in interpreting the Contract Documents, so as to preclude delivery of the equipment or materials not acceptable far the work. The Engineer's acceptance of compliance submittals will not place upon him any responsibility for any deviations from- the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Contrac- tor- has in writing called the Engineer's attention to such Sapp. 7' ~i ~i ~i I~ deviation at the time of the submission and the Engineer has given- written concurrence on the specific deviation. Such ' deviations will be included in a contract amendment. G. Engineer's Pay Estimates Any Engineer's pay estimate will constitute a representation by the Engineer to the Owner that work has progressed to the extent indicated. To the best of his knowledge,. the :quality of .the work is in :accordance with the Contract Documents, and the Contractor is entitled to payment of the amount shown in the Engineer's pay estimate. Rendering the Engineer's pay estimate is not an approval of the quality or quantity of the work, the means or methods of .construction, or the monetary methods used by the Contractor. The Engineer may refuse to render an Engineer's pay estimate for the whole or any part of any payment if, in his opinion, it ' would be an incorrect representation to the Owner. 8.0 CORRECTION PERIOD (GC-13.12) ' The correction period identified in paragraph 13.12 of the General Conditions is hereby amended to call for a two (2) year correction ,_ period, which shall commence after completion and acceptance of all the. work. identified in the plans and specifications. All other requirements of paragraph 13.12 shall remain in effect. 9.0 UNIT PRICE WORK (GC-11.9) \ ;~ Add the following paragraph: ' "11.9.4>If the actual quantity of a unit-priced item varies more than 15% above or below the estimated quantity,. an equitable adjustment in the contract price shall be negotiated ' upon demand of either the Owner or the Contractor.; The equitable adjustment shall be based upon any increase or decrease in costs due solely to the variation above 115% or below 85% of the estimated quantity." ^ 10.0 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT (GC-14.2) ' Change the last sentence to read as follows: "The Owner shall retain five (5%) percent of the amount of each payment until final completion and acceptance of all works covered by the Contract Documents." 11.0 LIEN. WAIVERS (GC-14.2) The Contractor shall furnish partial or complete lien waivers along. with each payment request. The lien waivers shall be ' submitted by the Contractor, all .subcontractors, and all material suppliers on the project. No payment will be authorized unless the lien waivers are received. Supp. 8 ~i 12.0 STATE OF MINNESOTA WITHHOLDING REQUIREMENTS (GC-14.12),_ The Contractor and all subcontractors shall submit State ferart IC-134., "Withholding Affidavit for Contractors" along with the final payment request. No _payment will be authorized unless the IC-1.34 forms are received. The Contractor shall also be aware of Minnesota Statute 290.9705 regarding out-of-state contractors. Forms. may be obtained from the Minnesota Department of Revenue, Busines Trust Tax Division. ~i ~i ~~ 13.0 ARBITRATION (GC-16) ~ Add the following paragraph: 16.6 "The Contractor will carry on the work and maintain the ' progress schedule during any arbitration proceedings, unle s otherwise mutually agreed in writing." 14.0 FAILURE TO COMPLETE WORK ON TIME Should the Contractor fail to complete the work on or before the ' original date(s) set forth for completion in paragraph. 1 of the Special Provisions or on or before the corrected date as granted by extension of time for completion, the Owner may. permit the Contractor to proceed, and in such case, there shall be deducted ' from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor,, the sum of $250.00 per -day for each and every calendar day, exclusive of ..Sundays and holidays, that the work shall remain uncompleted. This ' sum shall be considered and treated, not as a penalty, but as the cost of .field and office Engineering and- Inspections and Liquidated Damages. Permitting the Contractor to continue and .finish the work ©r ;any part of it after the time fixed far its completion, or after date.. to which the time of completion may have been extended, shall in no way operate as a waiver on the part of the Owner, or as -a waiver of any of his rights under the contract. h ' Neit er by the taking over of the work by the Owner nor by the termination of the contract shall-the Owner forfeit the right to recover liquidated .damages from the Contractor or his .surety for ' failure to complete the contract. ~i ' Form IC-134 Rev. 11190 r 0 LI n Minnesota Department of Revenue Withholding Affidavit for Contractors This affidavit must be approved by the Minnesota Department of Revenue before the State of Minnesota or any of its subdivisions can make final payment to contractors. Company name ~ Minnesota ID number Address Monthfyear work began City State Zip Code ~ Month/year work ended Please type or print clearly above. This will be your mailing label for returning the completed form. Total contract amount: Telephone number Amount still due: Did you have employees work on this project? ! Project number: i If none, explain who did the work: ! Project location: Project owner: Address Check the box that describes your involvement in the project and fill in all information requested in that category: ^ Sole contractor ' ^ Subcontractor If you are a subcontractor, fill in the name and address of the contractor that hired you: ' ^ Prime Contractor If you subcontracted out any work on this project, all of your subcontractors must file their own IC-134 affidavits and have them certified by the Department of Revenue before you can file your affidavit. For each subcontractor you had, fill in the business information below, and attach a copy ' of each subcontractor's certified IC-134. (If you need more space, attach a separate sheet.) Business name Address Owner/Officer I declare that all information I have filled in on this form is true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief. I authorize the Department of Revenue to disclose pertinent information relating to this project, including sending copies of this form, to the prime contractor if I am a subcontractor, and to any subcontractors if I am a prime contractor, and to the contractin a ency. Contractor's signature Title Date u ii n For certification, mail original and one copy to: Minnesota Department of Revenue, Business Trust Tax Section Mail Station 6610, St. Paul, MN 55146-6610 Certificate of Compliance with Minnesota Income Tax Withholding Law Based on records of the Minnesota Department of Revenue, I certify that the contractor who has signed this certificate has fulfilled all the requirements of Minnesota Statutes 290.92 and 290.97 concerning the withholding of Minnesota income tax from wages paid to employees relating to contract services with the state of Minnesota and/or its subdivisions. Signature of authorized Department of Revenue official Date Stock No. 5000134 J {nstructions for Form IC-134 Who should file? If you are a prime contractor, a contrac- tor, or a subcontractor who did work on a project for the state of Minnesota or any of its local government subdivisions - such as a county, city, or school district -you must file Form IC-134 with the Minnesota Department of Revenue. This affidavit must be certified and returned before the state or any of its subdivisions can make final payment for your work. When to file The IC-134 cannot be processed until you are finished with the work. Do not send the affidavit in for certification before the project is completed since it will only be returned to you unproc- essed. If you are a subcontractor or sole contractor, file Form IC-134 when you have completed your part of the project. If you are a prime contractor, file Form IC-134 when the entire project is completed and you have received certified affidavits from all of your subcontractors. Where to file Fill out Form IC-134 and mail the original and one copy to: Minnesota Department of Revenue Business Trust Tax Section Mail Station 6610 St. Paul, MN 55146-6610 How to file If you have fulfilled the requirements of the withholding tax laws of Minnesota, the Department of Revenue will sign your affidavit, keep the copy, and return the original to you. If you want it returned to a different mailing address, please enclose a mailing label or preaddressed envelope. If any withholding payments are due to the state, Minnesota law (M.S. 290.97) requires that payment must be made by only money order, cashiers check, certified check, or cash. Take the certified affidavit to your prime contractor or to the governmental unit for which the work was done in order to receive your final payment. Minnesota tax identification number You must fill in your Minnesota tax identification number on the form. You must have a Minnesota tax ID number if you have employees who work in Minnesota. If you need a number, get Form MBA, Application for Tax Identification Number, and file it with the Minnesota Department of Revenue. To get Form MBA, call 296-3781 from the Twin Cities area or 1-800-652-9094 from elsewhere in Minnesota, or write to Minnesota Tax Forms, Mail Station 7131, St. Paul, MN 55146-7131. If you have no employees and did all the work yourself, you do not need a Minnesota identification number. If this is the case, fill in your Social Security number in the space for Minnesota ID number and explain who did the work. Are you a prime contractor and a subcontractor on the same project? If you are a subcontractor who was hired to do work on a project and you subcontract all or a part of your portion of the project to another contractor, you become a prime contractor as well. If this is the case, fill out both the subcon- tractor and prime contractor areas on a single form. Use of information The Department of Revenue needs all the information, except your phone number, to determine whether you have met all state income tax withholding requirements. If all required information is not provided, the IC-134 will be returned to you for completion. All information on this affidavit is guaranteed private by state law. It cannot be given to others without your permission, except to the Internal Revenue Service., other states that guarantee that it will be kept private, and certain state or county agencies. If you need help or additional informa- tion to fill out this form, call 296-6181 in the Twin Cities area. From elsewhere in Minnesota and from outside the state, call (toll-free) 1-800-657-3777. To get more IC-134 forms If you need more IC-134 forms, call 296-3781 from the Twin Cities area or 1-800-652-9094 from elsewhere in Minnesota, or write to Minnesota Tax Forms, Mail Station 7131, St. Paul, MN 55146-7131. i n 0 0 n n 0 0 u u u i n 0 n i~ II 0 ii 0 u SPECIAL PROVISIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE 1 1. Project 2. Foreman and Preconstruction Meeting 3. Construction Staking & Inspections 4. Construction Limits PAGE 2 5. Utilities 6. Contractor-Engineer-Inspector Relationship 7. Subcontractors 8. Incidental Items 9. Responsibility 10. Starting Time PAGE 3 ' 11. Permit Requirements 12. Subsurface Exploration 13. Testing ' PAGE 4 14. Compaction ' 15. 16. Water Service Water for Construction PAGE 5 17. Connections ' 18. Watermain Construction Materials 19. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Materials ' 20. 21. Shop Drawings Sanitary Sewer Service Group 22. Bedding u n i~ n n PAGE 6 23. Watermain Testing 24. Polyethylene Encasement 25. Method of Measurement - Watermain PAGE 7 26. Basis of Payment - Watermain PAGE 8 27. Sanitary Sewer Testing 28. Manhole Castings 29. Compaction Under Services 30. Protection of Existing Utilities 31. Specifications Which Apply G' SPECIAL PROVISIONS PROJECT NO. 96105-A ' 1. PROJECT The project consists of the installation of watermain, sanitary sewer, storm sewer and streets in Albertville, Minnesota. ' The Contractor shall complete the utilities, including sanitary sewer, watermain, and storm sewer by September 13, 1996, and all street work and restoration, excluding the bituminous wear course ' by October 4, 1996. The bituminous wear course shall be paved in the summer of 1997 and shall be completed after July 15, 1997, but before September 1, 1997, unless approved by the Engineer. The ' contractor shall be subject to the provisions of Article 15 of the Supplemental conditions for failure to meet these completion dates, as a whole or in part. ' An early completion area has been noted on Plan Sheet lA of 15. Construction of utilities and pavement in this area is to be completed by September 1, 1996. ' 2. FOREMAN AND PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Before work is initiated, a preconstruction meeting shall be held between the Engineer, Contractor, Utility Companies and other ' involved parties, if any. The Contractor will present to the Engineer an estimated schedule for completion of various p ortions of the pro'e~_ The Contractor shall inform the Engineer who the foreman on the project will be. The foreman shall be on the job at ' all times. The foreman shall be responsible for all phases of the project, including work done by the General Contractor and the subcontractor. Engineering decisions with regard to the work done by subcontractors shall go through the General Contractor and ' specifically the foreman for the job. ' 3. CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND INSPECTIONS The Contractor shall give the Engineer at least two (2) working days notice for any grade and line stakes or inspection that he requires for proper execution of any phase of the project. The ' Contractor shall preserve these stakes until the work is completed. Restaking required due to Contractor negligence will be the responsibility of the Contractor. n 4. CONSTRUCTION LIMITS The Contractor shall confine his activities to the right-of-way or designated construction area. Equipment and material storage or deposition of excavated materials on private property must be 1 7 I ' a roved in writin b the ro ert owners a co of which shall PP g Y P P Y PY be presented to the Engineer prior to such storage or deposition. Failure to do so will result in immediate suspension of work until such approval has been obtained or materials removed, and area restored to its previous condition or better. 5. UTILITIES The Contractor shall be in communication with the respective utility companies to coordinate their schedule with any location work that is required. 6. CONTRACTOR-ENGINEER-INSPECTOR RELATIONSHIP The Engineer will not be responsible for the construction means, controls, techniques, sequences, procedures, or construction safety. All phases of the project shall proceed in accordance with ' OSHA safety requirements. The presence of the Engineer or his agents or employees on the job site shall not relinquish the Contractor of this responsibility or hold the Contractor harmless for the quality of workmanship or defects in materials. 7. SUBCONTRACTORS , All subcontractors that the General will use shall be shown on the proposal form. Any other subcontractor will not be allowed without explicit written permission by the Engineer. The General Contractor shall coordinate all work between his subs and the Engineer. The Engineer will not correspond directly with any subcontractor. Any on site meetings that are held will be conducted only if the General Contractor's foreman is present. 8. INCIDENTAL ITEMS Any and all additional items of work or other items that must be ' done to fully complete this project shall be incidental to the bid items as bid. 9. RESPONSIBILITY The General Contractor shall be fully responsible for all work that is performed on this project. It is the General Contractor's ' 10. STARTING TIME t The Contractor shall not engage in or permit construction activities involving the use of any kind of electric, diesel, or responsibility to see that all specifications and testing requirements are followed. gas powered machine or other power equipment, except between the hours of 7:00 A.M. and 10:00 P.M. on any weekday or between the u C L _i 7 hours of 9:00 A.M. and 9:00 P.M. on any weekend or holiday. 11. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS Permit applications have been submitted to the Joint Powers Water Board, Minnesota Pollution Control Agency and the Minnesota Department, of Health in order to minimize any potential delays in the project. the Contractor should therefore contact these agencies to determine if there are any special conditions which may apply. The contractor will be required to comply with all the requirements that these agencies may have. No change orders will be considered for complying with these requirements. 12. SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION Soil borings were taken on this project and may be reviewed at the office of the Engineer. 13. TESTING The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with documented test results by an independent testing laboratory approved by the Engineer on tests required for the sanitary sewer, storm sewer, watermain and street . Density tests shall be paid for on a per .test basis. The anticipated number of density tests are shown on the proposal form. An independent testing lab shall test the backfill for the required density as the backfilling compaction progresses. Retesting shall not be paid for. All initial tests shall be paid for at the unit bid price. If the tests fail, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to pay for retesting those areas following compaction. All trenches for watermain, sanitary sewer, storm sewer and services shall be tested for the required compaction density in conformance with the compaction requirements. The trench shall be tested at approximately 100-foot intervals at two to three depth locations, depending on depth. One test shall be taken next to the pipe, the second shall be taken at two feet below subgrade and at the midpoint of the trench. Compaction around every manhole and gate valve shall be the same as for the trenches. Tests shall be taken at every manhole and gate valve at the three depth locations as stated above. ' The Engineer may change test locations and depths at his discretion. The Engineer may add or delete tests at his discretion with no change in the unit price. ' The contractor shall be responsible for coordinating his schedule with the testing firm and all test results shall be documented with respect to plan stationing, depth and location. Copies of all tests ~_ shall be given to the engineer at a minimum of once every week 7 J 14. COMPACTION The required compaction of all lot grading shall be 950 of the standard proctor density. The required compaction within roadways shall be 1000 of the Standard Proctor Density from finished grade to a point three (3) feet below finished grade and 950 of the Standard Proctor Density from three (3) feet or greater below finished grade. The backfill around and to 12" above the pipe (sanitary sewer, storm sewer and watermain) shall be compacted by hand tampers. The required compaction shall be 950 of Standard Proctor Density. All trenches within roadways shall be compacted to 1000 of Standard Proctor Density in the upper three (3) feet of the trench. At the time of the compaction, the moisture content of the backfill soils shall be not less than 75o nor more than 1150 of optimum moisture content . The Contractor shall add water or dry the soils until this requirement is met. If moisture content greater than 1250 of optimum moisture content is encountered, the Engineer shall revise the compaction requirements to meet the best interests of the Owner. Moisture adjustment of the soils shall be incidental to the pipe installation unit price. All trench areas not conforming with these requirements shall be excavated and recompacted. The Contractor shall supply the Engineer at the time of the preconstruction meeting a list of equipment that will be used for backfillingr and compaction operation. The Engineer reserves the right to shut down work on the project if this equipment is not utilized during such backfillinq and compaction operations. A maximum 12" lift shall be used. Smaller lifts may be required to obtain the specified density. If 12" lifts are not utilized, the trench will be completely re-excavated and recompacted in order to achieve maximum compaction lifts of 12". The bedding material around all pipes shall be compacted in maximum 6" lifts . 15. WATER SERVICE Prior to the shutoff of any watermain, the Contractor shall notify the Joint Powers Water Board and the affected property owners of his working schedule. The Contractor shall give notice 48 hours in advance of the start of work. The work done during this time shall be done in an efficient manner so that as little inconvenience as possible is caused. The Joint Powers Water Utility will not shut off water service prior to 9:00 A.M. 16. WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION Water for construction purposes may not be taken from any hydrant within the city of St . Michael . Water may be purchased and obtained from the Joint Water Board at the hydrant in front of the Board's pumphouse and office, located at 11100 50th Street Northeast in the city of Albertville. A permit per day must be obtained from the 4 7 I~ J i L r n J J r ' clerk of the Joint Powers Water Board after a in the re uired P Y g q fee. Water may be obtained from this hydrant only after prior ' arrangements have been made with the clerk of the Joint Powers Water Board for each day it is to be used. 17. CONNECTIONS All connections to existing lines are incidental. Payment will be made based upon the fittings and pipe length used. ' 18. WATERMAIN CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS Refer to Joint Powers Water Board Watermain Construction Requirements and addenda attached thereto. t 19. SANITARY AND STORM SEWER MATERIALS a. All sewer mains and service wyes shall be constructed ' utilizing PVC, SDR 35 sewer pipe with gasketed joints. Sanitary sewer mains placed 20 feet deep or greater shall be PVC, SDR 2 6 sewer pipe with gasketed joints . All sewer services and fittings shall be constructed utilizing PVC, ' SDR 26 sewer pipe with gasketed joints. All sanitary sewer manhole castings shall be Neenah R- ' 1642, or approved equal, with the type B, self-sealinct lid, concealed pickholes and the appropriate name stamped on it. ' b. All storm sewer pipe shall be class III RCP with rubber gasketed joints. Any type other than "O-ring" shall be approved by the Engineer. 20. SHOP DRAWINGS ' The Contractor shall submit shop catchbasins approval by the En ineer drawings for manholes and A mi i f th i g . n mum o - ree cop es of each shall be supplied to the Engineer. 21. SANITARY SEWER SERVICE GROUP A sewer service connection shall include the wye and bends as required to serve each connection, regardless of service type. Payment shall be by the individual service connection made and shall include all materials, labor and equipment necessary for its ' installation. service pipe, the sewer service connection does not include which shall be paid under a separate bid item. the ' 22. BEDDING a. All sanitary sewer mains and services shall be bedded according to detail 2.006B.-The bedding material shall conform to the requirements of Section 2621.2F1 of the Standard Utilities Specification. 0 5 b. Refer to Joint Powers Water Board Construction Requirements and addenda attached thereto. c. All storm sewer pipe bedding shall be ordinary bedding consisting of natural, on-site soils, except in cases where the Engineer directs otherwise. The fill material around the pipe (as shown on detail 3.006 of the detail sheet) shall be less than one inch in diameter and also free of any organic material or foreign objects. 23. WATERMAIN TESTING Refer to Joint Powers Water Board Construction Requirements and addenda thereto. 24. POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT All DIP watermain, valves, hydrants, DIP fittings, etc. shall be polyethylene encased. Except for hydrants with plugged weep holes as required by the Engineer the polyethylene tubing shall have an open drain outlet. If C-900 PVC watermain is used, then the watermain shall not be polyethylene encased. However, all valves, hydrants, DIP fittings, etc. shall be polyethylene encased as described above. Polyethylene encasement of these items shall be incidental to the installation of the C-900 PVC. 25. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT - WATERMAIN The following revisions are to be made to the Watermain Construction Requirements: A. delete the fourth sentence ofSection 5A and insert the following in its place: "In the case of hydrant leads, the compensation length shall be from the center of the connecting main to the center of the hydrant." B. Delete Section 5C in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "C. Hydrants Hydrants shall be measured on a per-unit basis. The unit includes the hydrant, concrete base, crushed rock, tar paper or plastic cover, hydrant flag, and blocking or restraining devices." C. Delete Section 5D in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 6 I~ "D. Fittings Fittings of each type shall be measured on a per-unit basis." D. Delete Section 5E in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "E. Granular Materials Granular materials used for bedding, encasement, etc. for the watermain shall not be measured for separate payment." E. Delete the first sentence of Section 5G and insert the following in its place: "Water service connections shall be measured on a per- unit basis." 26. BASIS OF PAYMENT - WATERMAIN The following revisions are to be .made to the Watermain construction Requirements: A. Delete Section 6C in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "C. Hydrant Hydrants shall be paid for at the unit contract price per each, including installing the hydrant, concrete base, crushed rock, tar paper or plastic cover, hydrant flag, and blocking or restraining devices." B. Delete Section 6D in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "D. Fittings Fittings shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each type and size, including installation and blocking." C. Delete Section 6E in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "E. Granular Material Granular materials used for bedding, encasement, etc. for the watermain, shall be incidental to the watermain installation." D. Delete Section 6G in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "G. Water Service Connection Water service connection shall be paid on a per-unit 7 r basis, including corporation stop, curb stop, curb box, and tapping saddle where required." 27. SANITARY SEWER TESTING The Contractor shall utilize PVC for construction of the sanitary sewer lines. the Contractor shall pay particular attention to the bedding requirements for PVC pipe . The PVC pipe shall be tested for a maximum pipe wall deflection of 50 of the normal pipe size. this testing shall be done in the presence of the Engineer at the completion of all backfiling operations. If any portion of the line is not within the maximum pipe wall deflection of 5a, this portion shall be re-excavated, properly bedded and tamped, and the trench recompacted and tested for density at no additional expense to the Owner. The line shall then be tested again for pipe deflection. Deflection testing shall not be done prior to the pipe being in place for 30 days. 28. MANHOLE CASTINGS All sanitary sewer manhole castings shall be Neenah R-1642, or approved equal, with the type B, self-sealing lid with concealed pickholes and the appropriate name stamped on it. 29. COMPACTION UNDER SERVICES Any soil that is subcut from below a service must be compacted back in place at 100% standard proctor density prior to laying the service. Density tests must be taken to confirm the density. If the soil is not compacted to 1000 standard proctor density, then crushed rock must be compacted and placed below the service in order to ensure no movement. Use of crushed rock shall be at the Contractor's expense. 30. PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES During construction operations and particularly during manhole adjustments, the Contractor shall prevent gravel and debris from entering sewer manholes. In the event of debris or gravel entering the sanitary sewer lines, these lines shall be jetted by Roto- Rooter or other approved company at the expense of the Contractor. Flushing of debris or gravel down the sanitary sewer line will not be allowed. 31. SPECIFICATIONS WHICH APPLY The Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction", 1988 Edition, together with all supplements thereto, shall govern except as superseded by the attached general Conditions or modified herein by the Special Provisions and attached specifications. n u C'~ n L n J J ' 32. STANDARD PLATES All references to standard plates MHD shall mean the "Standard ' Plates" of the Minnesota Department of Transportation. All other reference to standard plates shall mean those details attached to the plans. ' 33. STREET CONSTRUCTION This project consists of the street construction in two (2) ' construction seasons. After paving the bituminous base course, all gate valves and manholes shall be adjusted to 3/4" below the top of the finished base course. No diamonds shall be provided around the ' gate valves and manholes. Prior to paving the bituminous wear course, all gate valves and manholes shall be adjusted to 3/4" below the top of the finished wear course. Bituminous patching ' around the gate valves and manholes shall be completed a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the bituminous wear course construction. All bituminous patching shall be performed with a smooth drum roller. Bid items have been provided for adjustment of the manholes and gate valves prior to pavincr the wear course These bid items shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary for removing ' the bituminous base course from around the structures, raising the manhole or gate valve, re-compacting the disturbed gravel and soil, patching the bituminous base course, and disposal of all excess ' debris. 34. MANHOLE ADJUSTING RINGS ' Mortar for the adjusting rings shall be placed between the rings and on the outside only. No mortar shall be placed on the inside of the adjusting rings. Mortar protruding into the interi or of the. ' manhole shall be removed. Rings for both the manholes. basins shall have at least 1/2" f t b and catch o mor ar etween them and sufficient mortar on the outside to fill in the voids. 35. TEST ROLLING The Contractor shall be required to test roll the subgrade and the ' aggregate base in accordance to Article 2.04 of the Street Construction Specifications. The subgrade shall pass the test rolling prior to placement of the aggregate base and the aggregate ' base shall pass the test rolling prior to placement of the curbing. 36. GRADING ' Site grading will be required of the Contractor after construction to restore the site to its initial condition. All grading work by the contractor for restoration purposes shall be incidental to the ' unit prices bid. ~ s 37. CRUSHED ROCK A bid item for crushed rock has been included for this project. This bid item shall onl~r be used if the Engineer determines that the soil conditions warrant its use. No payment for crushed rock will be made in lieu of dewatering. 38. EXCESS EARTHEN MATERIAL Excess earthen materials generated by the installation of all piping, bedding materials, manholes, catchbasins, etc. and not necessary to prepare the street subgrade, or complete any grading called for on the project, shall remain the property of the Owner. The earthen material shall be stockpiled on the site at a location determined by the Owner. Stockpiling of the excess earthen materials shall be incidental to the pipe installation. 39. MANHOLES AND CATCH BASIN PROTECTION Once the manhole and catch basin barrel sections have been set, the opening shall be covered with a protection plate (;~" steel or 1" wood). These plates will remain in place during subgrade preparation and Class 5 placement. They shall not be removed until castings and adjustment rings are permanently placed. If drainage access is necessary, a silt fence barrier must be constructed and in place as per detail prior to removing the plate. 40. EXISTING STRUCTURES Any opening required for placement of pipe into an existing structure which does not have a pre-manufactured opening or knockout must be bored or sawcut as approved by the Engineer. Use of hammers or objects to crack or break the structure will not be permitted. 41. TIES and AS-BUILTS The Contractor shall obtain and submit to the Project Engineer a minimum of two ties to all gate valves using the following priority (no matter where they are in the system): a. Fire hydrants b. Manholes c. Catchbasins, if curb and gutter is in d. Buildings or other permanent structures (note addresses on plan) e. Telephone pedestals f. Power poles, trees, semi-permanent items g. Stationing from hydrants, manholes, catchbasins, if distance is over 100 feet h. Back of curb only when used with stationing i. Curb stops 10 1 The Contractor shall obtain a minimum of two ties to all curb stop boxes and shall be tied at the property line using the following priority: a. The served structure with the address noted b. Neighboring structures with address noted c. Fire hydrants d. Manholes and catchbasins, if curb and gutter are in e. Other permanent structures (telephone pedestals, ' transformers, bridges, etc.) f. Power poles, trees, other semi-permanent items g. Stationing from hydrants, manholes, catchbasins; these must be used with back of curb distances h. Adjacent services All ties shall be accurate plus or minus 0.2 feet and should be less than 100 feet wherever possible. These ties shall be submitted to the Engineer on copies of the tie sheet at the end of these ' Specifications (one copy for each lot or service group). The Contractor shall also supply the Engineer as-built drawings showing all changes made in the original plan construction (i.e. pipe lengths, fittings, locations, service locations, etc.). 42. LIEN WAIVERS The Contractor shall furnish partial or complete lien waivers along with each payment request. The lien waivers shall be submitted by ' the Contractor, all subcontractors, and all material suppliers on the project. No payment will be authorized unless the lien waivers are received. ' 43. CLEAN-UP When the work has been completed, the Contractor shall remove from the site all extra material, equipment, debris and other supplies. The site shall be cleaned up as is necessary to leave all property in substantially the same condition as it was before the project. 44. GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A bid item for geotextile fabric has been included for this project. This bid item shall only be used if the Engineer determines that the soil conditions warrant its use. r ' 11 C u STREET CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 1.0 SCOPE 1.1 LOCATION OF WORK The location of this work is as sho~,-n on the Plans. 1.02 WORK IIv'CLUDED The Contractor shall, unless specified otherwise, furnish all materials, equipment, tools and labor to do the work required under this contract in strict conformance with the Plans and Specifications prepared for the purpose by *4e3-er-Rohlin, Inc., Engineers and Land Surveyors, 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo, Minnesota. The work shall include, but not be limited to, the excavation of the entire roadway between right-of-way lines to the prescribed subgrade and cross section; supplying, spreading and compacting the subbase; supplying, spreading and compacting the base; bituminous surfacing of the streets wit the specified tack coat, bituminous bases and bituminous wear of specified thickness and all necessary backfilling, surface restoration and cleanup, as specified. 1.03 SPECIFICATIONS A'HICH APPLY The ^9innesota Department of Transportation ('~1nDOT) Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, together with all supplements thereto, shall govern except as superseded by the attached General Conditions or modified herein by the Special Provisions and attached specifications. 2.00 GRADING 2.01 GENERAL The work co~rered in this Specification shalt consist of the cutting and/or filling of the frill street width to provide the required cross-section shown on the drawings. The work covered by this section will be done in accordance with Section 2105 and 2112 of ?4n DOT Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, except as modified hereafter. 2.02 SUBGRADE The subgrade shall be brought to the prescribed cross-section and grade by the necessary excavation and fill by using acceptable materials and thoroughly compacting all necessary fill material. The subgrade shall then be prepared in accordance with Section 2.05. In the event of wet subgrade material, the Contractor shall follow the procedures detailed under Section 2.05 - Subgrade Preparation. In the event of structurally poor or unsuitable subgrade material, the Contractor shall follow the procedures detailed under Section 2.06 - Subgrade Excavation. 1 Proper drainage shall be provided at all times so that the subgrade will be kept free of standing water. Any soft spots developing from poor drainage and standing water shall be completely excavated, backfilled, and compacted with an acceptable dry material at no additional cost to the ' Owner. 2.03 EXCAVATION AND Et1BANKMENT (2105) all operations shall be done in accordance with MnDOT Specification No. ' 2105. All compaction ~•-i11 be done by the "Specified Density Method". Density tests shall be taken to evaluate the compaction achieved. The ' quantity of tests shall be determined by the Engineer in .the field. jtihere density tests are taken to evaluate the compaction, the fill shall meet the requirements of a minimum of 100% of Standard Proctor Density (AASHTO T-99} in the upper three feet of the embankment and a minimum of 98% of Standard Proctor Density below the upper three feet. At the time of compaction, the moisture content of the backfill material shall be not ' less than 75%, nor more than 125%, of "optimum", the Engineer may, at his discretion, revise the compaction requirements. The Engineer reserves the right to reject materials which are. over ' "optimum" moisture content. Subgrade excavation is further defined under Section 2.06 of these specifications. Granular borrow and select granular borrow shall meet the requirements of MnDOT Specification No. 3149; maximum particle size to be six inches in ' diameter. 2.04 TEST ROLLING (2111 MODIFIEDI After the above work relative to compaction is completed, the subgrade ' shall be test-rolled in accordance with MnDOT Specification ?~'o. 2111, except as follows: ' A. Test rolling shall be performed prior to, intermittently during, and after completion of subgrade preparation (2112} or subgrade excavation work (2105) when ordered by the Engineer. The limits ofl yielding or rutting portion of this Specification 2111.3 shall apply only to the test roll for final acceptance of the subgrade preparation; earlier test rolling shall be for the purpose of identifying those areas needing subgrade excavation, etc. Later test rolling on the aggregate base course shall be to determine if required stability and density exists. The "required stability" shall. be such that when test rolled, the surface shows yielding or rutting of no more than 12" measured from the top of the constructed grade to the bottom of the rut. The "required density" shall be 100% Standard Proctor. ' In embankment/fill areas, the subgrade may be test rolled at an elevation lower than finished subgrade elevation if the condition o f 2 ' the soils being placed indicate that normal subgrade preparation (2112) cannot be performed and that subgrade excavation ( 2105 ) may be necessary; this procedure is to eliminate having to remove materials just previously placed. Test rolling shall also be used in conjunction with the placing of aggregate or bituminous base courses when ordered by the Engineer. The subgrade shall pass the test rolling prior to placement of the aggregate base and the aggregate ' base shall pass the test rolling prior to placement of the curbing or bituminous base. ' B. The Contractor will furnish a wheel loader (with operator} or other equipment approved by the Engineer for test rolling. The wheel loader shall have an approximate bucket size of three cubic yards and shall be fully loaded. Test rolling will be required over the entire length and width of the proposed roadway and one foot outside the back of curb. Test rolling shall be performed as many times as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of the wheel loader and operator ' azld any other costs incurred during test rolling shall be incidental to construction of the subgrade or base and no direct compensation will be made therefore. Test rolling, including retesting of ' repaired, failed sections, shall also be considered as incidental. 2.05 SUBGRADE PREPARATION (2112) ' The subgrade shall be prepared in accordance with ~1nDOT Specification 2112, except as follows: ' The Contractor shall have the option, at his discretion, to choose one of the methods described below for subgrade preparation. Other methods proposed by the Contractor must be approved by the Engineer. The method of payment shall be by the square yard (sy) prepared. \'o compensation will be paid for subgrade replacement soils, regardless of source or method used. ' a. FARMING The Contractor shall prepare the top 12 inches of subgrade by means of scarifying, aerating or watering, in order to obtain the required stability and density to pass a roll test as described in Section ' 2.04. 14ork areas for scarificatiozz, aeration, and watering are not limited to the street section alignment. Boulevards or vacant lots may be used for spreading and working the soil. any area outside of the right-of-z~ay must be approved by the Engineer prior to disturbing the area. If wet soils are encountered, the Contractor aerate, or "farm" the subgrade til th shall continue to dry, un e required stability and density have been achieved. If this method is unsuccessful or the Contractor so chooses, the method for subgrade soil replacement shall be required. ?~'o compensation will be paid for work, material, time or any other expenses occurred or lost while trying to prepare the subgrade by this method, other than payment for the final accepted ' subgrade. 3 B. SUBGRADE SOIL REPLACEMENT The Contractor shall prepare the top 12 inches of subgrade by ' excavation and replacement with suitable soils. All excavation shall be by the load and haul method in an attempt not to disturb the , already questionable stability of the virgin soils below the sub-cut. All materials used for replacement in areas of subgrade soil replacement shall be approved by the Engineer. All materials used for replacement in areas of subgrade soil replacement shall be compacted ' in accordance with MHD 2105 as previously mentioned in Section 2.03. All replacement materials in the top 12 inches of the subgrade shall then be compacted in accordance with the provisions of subgrade ' preparation (1~lHD 2112) . Excavation for subgrade soil replacement shall be made to the depths ' and location so chosen by the Contractor. Areas of subgrade soil replacement may be at random locations throughout the roadbed or may be a "core-type e~:cavation" , wherein the roadbed is excavated for its entire length and width. Excavated materials shall be classified as Excess Material and disposed of according to Section 02200, part 3.02. unstable areas of subgrade due to inclement weather shall be prepared by the contractor at no compensation. Subgrade previously determined satisfactory and no~v failing due to inclement weather also shall be ' repaired at no additional compensation. Tests shall be taken at the rate of one test for every 100 feet of subgrade prepared. Testing shall be by an independent test lab at the Contractor's expense. Under no circumstances shall subbase material be hauled until the subgrade has been approved by the Engineer with respect to grade and density. ' 2.06 SUBGRADE EXCAVATION (2105) Subgrade excavation shall consist of all excavations made below the top 12" of the subgrade surface of the road and between the shoulder slopes, ' which are not made for the p~.rrpose of obtaining topsoil, and the materials of ~,-hich are r,ot classified for pa~-n,ent such as rock excavation. This work shall. incl~.rde t}ie removal and disposal of trns~.iitable materials in the roadbed and replacing such materials with common excavation, common borrow, granular borrow, or base materials, together with any other work necessary to provide drainage for the excavations. Subgrade excavation shall be made to the depths and location indicated by the Engineer. Areas of subgrade excavation may be required at random locations throughout the roadbed or may be required as a "core-type excavation", c,=herein the roadbed is excavated for its entire length and width. 1\To subgrade ' excavation shall be done prior to attempting subgrade preparation, subgrade soil removal (top 12"), and test rolling. ' All excavation shall be by the load-and haul method, in an attempt not to disturb the already questionable stability of the virgin soils below the sub-cut. Common excavation, common borrow, granular borrow, or base 4 f-1 I, 0 0 '] materials, :hen used in replacing materials removed through subgrade excavation, shall be as follows: A. Common Excavation Material 0105 2A) Common excavation material to be used in subgrade excavation must be approved by the Engineer prior to placing. When this material is used, the Contractor shall be paid for both excavation of the unsuitable materials and replacement of the unsuitable materials with common excavation, at the common excavation unit price, provided the common excavation material is furnished from an initial excavation area. If the common excavation material has been moved once initially ai,d stockpile~3, then the material will be paid as common borrow material, as described below. The excavation and replacement are both paid through the unit bid price of the material used for replacement. B. Common Borrow Material (2105B) When suitable or ample common excavation material cannot be found within the excavation limits, the common borrow material approved by the Engineer will be used in subgrade excavation. .Borrow material will be obtained within the right-of-way if available; it not, it may be obtained off the right-of-way at a location located and negotiated by the Contractor and Engineer. Regardless of the location of the borrow source, only one bid item will apply for furnishing of the borrow, When common borrow is used, the Contractor shall be paid for both excavation of the unsuitable materials and replacement of the unsuitable materials with common borrow, at the common excavation unit price. The excavation and replacement are both paid through the unit bid price of the material used for replacement. C. Granular Borrow Material (3191 tti'hen common excavation or common borrow material cannot be obtained by the contractor on or off the right-of-way, the Engineer may direct t]-,e Contractor to use granular borrow material for subgrade excavation. When granular borrow is used, the contractor shall be paid for both replacement of the unsuitable materials and excavation of the unsuitable materials with granular borrow at the granular borrow unit price. The excavation and replacement are both paid through the unit bid price of the material used for replacement. All materials used for replacement in areas of subgrade excavation shall be compacted in accordance with 2105, as previously mentioned in Section 2.03. Payment for subgrade excavation shall be by the original in-place cubic yard (e.v.) and shall be compensation for excavation, disposal of the material, and placement of suitable soils at material unit cost. INCLEMENT WEATHER: No subgrade excavation shall be used to correct conditions caused by inclement weather. In cases where inclement weather 5 is continuous and for long periods of time, and does not allow for ' expeditious completion of subgrade preparation by use of 2112, 2105, and/or Section 2.05, the Engineer may require the Contractor to prepare the roadways as follows: ' A. *lake a core excavation of the subgrade to a depth as_ directed by the Engineer. B. Replace the excavated material below subgrade with the same , materials to be used for base material (Class 5 etc.) and then immediately continue to place the loose material in the area above the subgrade elevation. The subgrade excavation and the base course 1 both shall be constructed with base material in a fashion which will contribute to "bridging". In this case, after the subgrade excavation has been made and the conditions do not allow for compaction, t}Zen the' bottom of the subgrade excavation shall be subcut to a uniform bottom and the base material shall be placed in a fashion to prevent pumping of intrusion of the subgrade into the base material. Generally, the first 12 inches of the material shall be deposited on the subgrade before any rolling or compaction begins. All compaction done in this situation s}iall be by use of static equipment. ' C.t~~hen this procedure for subgrade excavation is used,the Contractor shall be paid for excavating the unsuitable materials belo~o subgrade elevation and s}~,all be paid for all base materials used above and' below subgrade elevation, all at contract unit price; the compaction of this base material shall be considered incidental. Also, when this method is used, the Contractor shall not be paid for subgrade , preparation (2112). Base material used for backfill, as described above for "bridging", will be paid for at the same unit price paid under the applicable base price ' and unit. any over-excavated areas shall be returned to the proper grade and cross- ' section by the Contractor at no additional cost to t}7e Owner. 2.07 EXCESS MATERIAL Excess material not used on the project is the property of the shall be disposed of as directed by the Engineer. Disposal of material shall be incidental to the excavation unit price and 3.00 CLEARING OF STREET RIGHT-OF-WAY 3.01 GENERAL This work shall consist windfalls, stumps and Owner and the excess project. ~I u of removing and disposing of trees, shrubs, roots, abandoned structures such as sidewalk, curb and s ' fl gutter, culverts, manholes, and catch basins. The work shall include the salvaging of designated materials and the backfilling of the resulting. trenches, holes and depressions. 3.02 REMOVING MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES The contractor shall remove and dispose of all abandoned structures and obstructions designated by the engineer. Culverts, manholes and catch basins shall be salvaged and the Contractor shall deliver all salvaged structures to the Owner. Sidewalks, curb and gutter and driveway pavement shall be removed at a joint or shall be sawed to one-third the thickness of the concrete. The exposed edge of removal shall be straight with no chips or cracks. ' 4.00 AGGREGATE BASE ' 4.01 GENERAL - The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when the subgrade is to proper grade and cross section for acceptance before proceeding with the base. This work shall consist of construction of one or more courses of aggregate base on a prepared sub-base. Work shall be done in accordance with section 2211 of MnDOT Specifications for Highz.~ay Construction, 1988 Edition, except as modified hereafter. 4.02 MATERIALS Gravel material shall be of the class designated on the typical section of the Plans. Gravel material shall meet the requirements of Section 3138 of :~fnDOT Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988_ Edition, except as modified hereafter. 4.03 TESTING Samples of the aggregate base material shall be taken at the project site at the rate of one test for every 1000 feet of base (minimum). A minimum of t~.o tests shall be required on the project. An independent tab shall perform the tests and confirm the gradation. All test reports shall indicate the location where the samples t.ere taken. The gravel shall meet Class 5 gradation requirements prior to the placement of curbing or bituminous application. 4.04 COMPACTION ' Compaction shall be by the "Specified Density Met}zod. "Tests shall be taken at the rate of one (1) test for every 100 feet of aggregate placed. Testing shall .be by an independent test lab and shall be paid for o~Z a ' per-test basis. Retesting shall not be paid for. The base material shall be compacted to 100% of Standard Proctor Density. 1 7 L' i~ 4.05 QUALITY CONTROL e The gravel base shall be approved 24 hours before the bituminous base application. The base shall be within z"+ at the crown and quarter crown. 4.06 PAYMENT Payment for the aggregate base shall be on the basis of cubic yards of material furnished and compacted in place and shall be compensation in full for all costs incidental to its construction. 5.00 BITUMINOUS BASE COURSE 5.01 k'ORK INCLUDED The Contractor shall, unless specified otherwise, furnish all material, equipment, tools and labor for the construction of a paver-laid .bituminous base as noted on the Plans, and shall be done in accordance with Section 2331 of MnDOT Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, except as modified below. 1 n u n 5.02 AGGREGATE The aggregate material shall meet the requirement of aggregate size B, Table 3139-1, Section 3139, for both type 31 and type 32, Base Course e Mixtures, Section 2331. 5.03 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL For the mixture, the bituminous material shall be asphalt cement, 120-150 penetration. The oil content shall be within plus ox minus 0.3% of the amount determined by the design mix. The oil content called for in the' design mix shall meet or exceed the minimum percentages by weight identified in Table 2331-1, Section 2331, for the appropriate mixture type. Cost of the design mix shall be incidental to the payment for , bituminous base. 5.04 CONSTRUCTION all concrete curb and gutter must be backfilled before any blacktop is e applied to the street. Prior to placement of the base course, any existing bituminous surface abutting it shall have a straight saw-cut joint made, it shall be cleaned, and it shall be liberally tacked with a bituminous ' material. After paving the base, all gate valves and manholes on this project shall be adjusted to 3/4" below the finished base course for the winter. All disturbed aggregate base shall be recompacted and the , bituminous base patched. Compaction shall be by the "ordinary compaction" method. Each layer shall be compacted until there is no further evidence of consolidation, using a , tamping, steel-wheeled or pneumatic-tired roller, meeting the requirements of the MnDOT Specification 2123. The Engineer may elect to test the compaction with field density tests. The base material .shall be compacted, 8 ~i n to 100% of Standard Proctor Density. 5.05 PAYMENT The bituminous base shall be paid for on the basis of square-yard-inch at plan thickness. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer,. all streets shall be constructed with a bituminous thickness as shown on the Plans. ' Payment shall be compensation for preparation of all existing surfaces, furnishing materials, laying and rolling. 6.00 BITUMINOUS WEARING COURSE ' 6.01 A'ORK INCLUDED The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specified, furnish all materials, equipment, tools and labor for the construction of a plant-mixed, paver- laid, bituminous surface as noted on the Plans, and shall be done in accordance with Section 2331 of MnDOT Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, except as modified below. 6.02 AGGREGATE The aggregate material shall meet the requirements of aggregate size A, table 3139-1, Section 3139, for both t~•pe 41 and type 92 k'earing Course Mixtures, Section 2331. fl n I~ u r~ ~II ~II 6.03 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL For the mixture, the bituminous material shall be asphalt cement, 120-150 penetration. Oil content shall be within plus or minus 0.3% of the amount determined by the design mix. The oil content shall meet or exceed the minimum percentages by weight identified in Table 2331-1, Section 2331, for the appropriate mixture type. Cost of the design mix shall be incidental to the payment for bituminous wear. 6.04 CONSTRUCTION At least ~_8 hours Urior to paving the wearing course, all manholes and gate valves on the project shall be adjusted to 3/4" below the top of the finished wearing course grade. All disturbed aggregate base shall be recompacted and the bituminous base patched and rolled. Frior to the application of any bituminous wearing course mixture, the base course shall be thoroughly swept and a bituminous tack coat placed i1i accordance with "7nDOT Specification 235'7. The bituminous tack coat shall be applied at a rate of 0.05 gallons per square yard. The cost of the tack shall be included in the wear course unit price. Prior to paving, a 3/~" plate shall be placed over each manhole. After the street has been paved and prior to rolling, a 3/4" plywood plate 9 shall be placed over each gate valve and the edges raked. Compaction shall be by the ordinary compaction method. Each layer shall be compacted until there is no further evidence of consolidation, using a tamping, steel-taheeled or pneumatic-tired roller, meeting the requirements of the MnDOT Specification 2123. The Engineer may elect to test the compaction with field density tests. The wear material shall be compacted to 100% of Standard Proctor Density. The bituminous wear course at the edge of the curb and gutter shall be 4" above the edge, following compaction. The additional cost of the materials along the edge shall be incidental to the cost of the wear course. , 6.05 PAYMENT The bituminous wear shall be paid for on the basis of square-yard-inch at ' plan thickness. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, all streets shall be constructed with a bituminous thickness as shown on the Plans. Payment shall be compensation for cutting the existing bituminous, sweeping, tack coat, furnishing materials, laying and rolling. At the conclusion of the project, cores in the blacktop may be ordered if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the pavement does not meet the Specifications. A minimum of one core for every 400 feet of roadway shall be taken. The following tests shall be run by an independent test lab at , the Contractor's expense. 1. Thickness , 2. Marshall Density 3. Gradation 4. Extraction ' 5. Void Content If the Aarshall density for the cores is less than the specified minimum ' density, then in lieu of being removed and replaced to an acceptable condition it will be accepted at a reduced rate, according to MnDOT Specification 2331.3, 1988 Edition. ' In addition, an average thickness of all the cores shall be computed. Based upon that thickness, payment for both the wear and base shall be , adjusted according to the following schedule: a. average thickness 0.15 inches less than plan and greater (except ' where ordered by the Engineer}: payment made at unit prices. b. average thickness: 0.16-0.25 inches less than reduction of unit prices as bid. plan: 15% reduction c. average thickness 0.26-0.50 inches less than plan: 30% of unit prices as bid. 10 11 0 u ii 0 0 d. any specific area which has a test thickness less than plan thickness minus 0.50 inches shall be replaced. 7.00 HAUL SLIPS "Haul slips" showing tonnage of all bituminous and rock material delivered to the job site shall be sub mitted to the Engineer on a daily basis. All tonnage tickets shall be weighed a nd not estimated. Unless the method of payment called for on the proposal is by the ton, all haul slips supplies will be used for verification of the cubic yard or square yard quantities only. 8.00 CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION AND TESTING A11 phases of the work shall be open to the Engineer or his representative and the Contractor shall allow the use of such facilities as are necessary to properly inspect the work. The Contractor shall submit test results as determined by an approved testing laboratory of all materials to be used before any related construction begins. The Contractor shall furnish reasonable amounts of the materials during the construction progress to be used for periodic testing. 9.0.0 CLEANUP then the work has been completed, the contractor shall remove from the site all extra material, equipment, debris and other supplies. The site shall be cleaned up as is necessary to leave all property in substantially the same condition as it was before the project. 10.0 SEEDING, SODDING, and BLACKDIRT Provisions of MnDOT Specification u3878 shall govern for sod and "3876 shall. govern for seed. Seeding and sodding work shall conform to MnDOT Specification X2575. The black dirt shall consist of a salvaged topsoil from the grading operations or a topsoil borrow trucked in from off the project site which is acceptable to the Engineer. The black dirt shall be spread to a minimum "compacted" thickness of four (4) inches prior to seeding or sodding. The seed shall be AiHD mixture number 500 and shall be applied at the rate of 100 pounds per acre X11 areas seeded shall be fertilized. The fertilizers shall be dry and shall contain available nitrogen, phosphoric acid and potash in proportions c.•hich will supply the minimum quantities of these plant foods. All areas seeded shall be mulched per MriDOT Specifications, using Type I mulch and disc anchoring. The Contractor shall have the topsoil tested to determine the type and application rate of fertilizers to use. For bidding purposes, the 11 n ~i Contractor shall use an application rate of 300 pounds per acre of a 20- ' 10-10 fertilizer. Payment for sodding shall be by the square yard and shall include the sold, salvaged topsoil, watering and all equipment and labor necessary to ' the proper installation of the sod. Payment for seeding shall be by the acre and shall include the seed, fertilizer, salvaged topsoil, mulch and all equipment and labor necessary for the proper installation of the seed. Payment for topsoil borrow shall be by the cubic yard (LV) and shall ' include the topsoil, trucking, equipment and labor necessary for the proper installation of the topsoil borrow. :~11 placement of black dirt behind curbing shall be done prior to paving. The Contractor shall be aware that the quantities of sod and seed used next to the curb shall be at the Owner's discretion and that they may be ' changed or deleted with no change in the unit price. ~i ~i ~ ~, CONCRETE SPECIFICATIONS DESCRIPTION Curb or combined curbs and gutters, sidewalks and driveway aprons shall consist of air-entrained portland cement concrete con- structed on a prepared subgrade in accordance with these specifications. This work shall be in reasonably close conformity with the lines and grades, thicknesses, and typical cross sections shown on the plans or established by the Engineer. All work shall be performed in accordance with N1nDOT specifications. ii ii [] 0 All curb not .conforming to the design as specified on the plans is to be removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner. Type B curb is ' to be placed at all curb returns with a minimum 10' transition to other curb types. CONCRETE The air-entrained portland cement concrete shall meet. the requirements of MnDOT specification 2461. The component parts shall be batched by weight, in proportions, to produce a concrete developing a minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi in 28 days. The concrete shall have a uniform consistency and slump. The slump shall be between 1 and 3 inches for handvibrated concrete, between 2 and 4 inches for hand-tamped or spaded concrete, and between i and 2 inches for concrete placed by a slipform/extrusion machine. A design mix shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to installation. Any addition of excess water, as determined by the Engineer, to the concrete during placement, will result in removal and replacement of affected material. BASE PREPARATION The base shall be a minimum thickness of 6 inches of class 5 gravel under all curb and gutter and all driveway aprons. A minimum base thickness of 4 inches of pit run sand shall be placed beneath all sidewalks. The base shall be compacted and shall extend a minimum of 1 foot outside the curb and drives and 0.5 feet outside sidewalk forms. The base shall be reasonably dense, firm, trimmed to a uniform smooth surface and in a moist condition when the concrete is placed. MACHINE PLACEMENT The slipform/extrusion machine approved shall be so designed as to place, spread, consolidate, screed, and finish the concrete in one complete pass in such a manner that a minimum of hand finishing will be necessary to provide a dense and homogeneous concrete section. The machine shall shape, vibrate, and/or extrude the concrete for the full width and depth of the concrete sectio.. Concrete 1 0 ~i L C u 1 b eing placed. It shall be operated with as nearly a continuous forward movement as possible. All operations of mixing, delivery, and spreading concrete shall be so coordinated as to provide uniform progress, with stopping and starting of the machine held to a minimum. FORMED METHOD The forms shall be of wood, metal, or other suitable material that is straight and free from warp, having sufficient strength to resist the pressure of the concrete without displacement and sufficient tightness to prevent the leakage of mortar.. Flexible or rigid forms of proper curvature may be used for curves having a radius of 100 feet or less. Division plates shall be metal. The front and back forms shall extend for the full depth of the concrete. All of the forms shall be braced and staked so that they remain in both horizontal and vertical .alignment until .their removal. They shall be cleaned and coated with an approved form-release agent before concrete is placed against. them. The concrete shall be deposited into the forms without segregation and then it shall be tamped and spaded or mechanically vibrated for thorough consolidation. Low roll or mountable curbs may be formed without the use of a face form by using a straightedge and templet to form the curb face. When used, face forms shall be removed as soon as possible to permit finishing. Front and back forms shall be removed without damage to the concrete after it has set. FINISHING The plastic concrete shall be finished smooth, if necessary, by means of a wood float and then it shall be given a final surface texture using a light broom or burlap drag. Concrete that is adjacent to forms and formed joints shall be edged with a suitable edging tool to the dimension shown on the plans. JOINTING Contraction Joints ' Transverse weakened-plane structed at right angles contraction joints shall be con- to the curb line at inter l t exceeding 15 feet in the va s no curb and at 4-foot squares in the sidewalk. Joint depth shall average at least 4 of the cross ' section of the concrete. Contraction joints may be sawed, hand-formed, or made by 1/8 ' .inch thick division plates early after the concrete in the formwork. Sawing shall be done has set t o prevent the formation of uncontrolled cracking. The joints may be hand-formed either by (1) using a narrow or triangular jointing tool or a thin metal ' blade to impress a plane o r weakness into the plastic concrete, Concrete 2 or (2) inserting 1/8 inch thick steel strips into the plastic concrete temporarily. Steel strips shall be withdrawn before final finishing of _the concrete. h'here division plates are used to make contraction joints, the plates shall be removed after the concrete has set and while the forms are still in place. Expansion Joints Expansion joints shall be constructed at right angles to the curb line at 300' maximum intervals, at immovable structures and at points of curvature for short-radius curves. Filler material for expansion joints shall conform to requirements of ASTM D994, D1751, or D1752 and shall be furnished in a single 3/4 inch thick piece for the full depth and width of the joint. Expansion joints in a slipformed curb or curb and gutter shall be constructed with an appropriate hand tool by raking or sawing through partially set concrete for the full depth and width of the section. The cut shall be only wide enough to permit a snug fit for the joint filler. After the filler is placed, open areas adjacent to the filler shall be filled with concrete and then troweled and edged. Alternatively, an expansion joint may be installed by removing a short section of freshly extruded curb and gutter immediately, installing temporary holding forms, placing the expansion joint filler, and replacing and reconsolidating the concrete that was removed. Contaminated concrete shall be discarded. Other Joints Construction joints may be either butt- or expansion-type joints. Curbs or combined curbs and gutters constructed adjacent to existing concrete shall have the same type of joints as in the existing concrete, with similar. spacing; however, contrac- tion joint spacing shall not exceed 15 feet. Curbing placed in conjunction with concrete paving shall be jointed according to the type of joint indicated on the plan and profile. Joint Sealing All concrete joints shall be sealed with a hot-poured joint sealant per MnDOT Specification 2531.3H. Reinforcing Steel The Contractor shall install two (2) No. 4 steel reinforcing bars, twenty feet in length, across each service .trench or any other trench which crosses the curbing. Two (2) No. 4 steel reinforcing bars four feet in length shall be installed at all transition from machine placed versus hand placed curbing. Reinforcing cages to be installed behind the catch basin castings shall conform to detail 4.017A. i 0 7 i 7 1 r C r Concrete 3 i C~~ PROTECTION The Contractor shall always have material available to protect the surface of the plastic concrete against rain. These materials shall consist of waterproof paper or plastic sheeting. .For slipform construction, materials such as wood planks or forms to protect the edges shall also be required. when concrete is being placed in cold weather and the temperature -may be expected to drop below 35 degrees F., suitable protection shall be provided to keep the concrete from freezing until it is at least 10 days old. Concrete injured by frost action shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. CURING Concrete shall be cured for at least three days after placement to protect it against loss of moisture, rapid. temperature change, and mechanical injury. Moist burlap, waterproof paper, white polyethy- lene sheeting, white liquid membrane compound,. or a combination thereof may be used as the curing. material. Membrane curing shall not be permitted in frost-affected areas when the concrete will be exposed to deicing chemicals within 30 days after completion of the curing period. BACKFILLING ' After the concrete has set sufficiently, the spaces in front and back of curbs shall be refilled with suitable material to the required elevations. The fill material shall be thoroughly tamped in layers. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to protect ' the curbing during all phases of the backfilling operation. Any curbing damaged during this process shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. u TESTING Not less than three test cylinders of standard size and manufacture shall be made for each 50 cubic- yards of concrete placed, or for each day's operations unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. One cylinder from each set shall be tested at seven days and one cylinder at 28 days, in accordance with ASTM C-31. The third cylinder shall be retained as a spare in case problems occur with the other two. Air entrainment and slump tests shall be taken on each load prior to placement. To cast the cylinders, fill the molds in three equal layers and uniformly rod each layer 25 times with a bullet-nosed rod. When rodding the second and third layers, the rod should just break through into the layer beneath. The molds should be filled continuously and without interruption. After rodding the top layer, tap the cylinder lightly to close any voids that might have a trowel, and cover immediately to prevent loss of moisture. Be Concrete 4 sure the cylinders are on a level surface during curing and tha L the tops are smooth and level to ensure minimum laboratory' preparation and the best test results. Test results indicating concrete substandard from the above requirements shall be reason for halting concreting operations and investigation of the cause of the deficiency, and removal and ' replacement of concrete placed during the period represented by the test, if, in the opinion of the Engineer, such action is necessary to protect the structural integrity of the construction. All testing shall be done at the Contractor's expense b an approved testing laboratory ._ Test results shall be submitted once a week to the Engineer. J il~ 0 0 Concrete 5 JOINT POWERS WATER BOARD STANDARD REQUIREMENTS FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF WATERMAIN Addendum #~ 1 Chapter 3. Construction Specifications. 2. Materials. B. Fire Hydrants. Add, "(8) Every fire hydrant shall be supplied with a Hydra Finder five foot (5') location flag." 5. Method of Measurement. C. Hydrant with Valve. Revise, "....rock, and blocking or restraining devices." To read, "....rock, blocking or restraining devices, and hydrant flag." 6. Basis of Payment. C. Hydrant with Valve. Revise, "....gravel and blocking." To read, "....gravel, blocking, and hydrant flag." JOINT POWERS WATER BOARD STANDARD REQUIREMENTS FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF WATERMAIN Addendum #2 Chapter 2. Design Standards Add the follo~~°ing paragraph. 15. All proposals or bids shall include PVC watermain as a base bid or as an alternate bid item. PVC shall be required in clay, silt or organic soils. It is the Board's requirement that PVC watennain shall be used in all locations ~~~here the bids show it to be cost effective. It shall also be at the Board's discretion to require PVC watermain in any and all locations. Chapter 3. Construction Specifications. 2. Materials. B. Fire Hydrants. Revise "...to AWWA C502." To read "...to AWWA C502. The hydrants shall be rated for high pressure use." JOINT POWERS WA1~ER BOARD ' STANDARD REQLIREMENTS FOR DESIGN AND CONS"I~RUCTION OF ~VATERMAIN Addendum #3 ' Chaptra• 3. Construction Specifications. 2. Materials. ' B. Fire Hydrants. „ ,~ Revise ...shall be Pacer ~'JB-67 as manufactured by ~'~~aterous con~pa~ly... To read "...shall be a 5-1;4 inch 1\~edallion, Mountain as manuf~~ctured by Clo«~ Valve Company..." Li.2 Delete the existing paragraph and replace ~~'ith the follov~'ing ' paragn3ph. "Barrels shall be one piece ~~-ith a traffic safety fl~~~ge above finished grade, approximately 21 inches from the flange to the center of the nozzles; and with a mechanical joint connection at the hub end for joining asix-inch ductile iron branch pipe." i ' INDEX WA~~:RMAIN CONSTRUCTION REQ ' Page 1. DESCRIPTION ..................................... 12 2 MA R . T E IALS ..................................... 12 A. V~ater M2i n ' B. . ................................... Fire Hydr~.nts 12 C .............................. ... Valves 13 ' . D. ................................. Vrater Service Pipe and Appu~~nances 14 E. . , ....... ....... Polyethylene Encasement Material ,, 15 16 F. , , , , , , , , , , , , , , Steal Casing Pipe ~ ~ ' G. ............................ Piling .... 16 H .................................. 16 . Granular Materials I. ...................... Insulation 17 ' .................................... 18 3. CONSTRUCTION RE UIREI`~N~I'S Q , . ...................... 18 ' A. Maintenance .................................. 18 B. Work Limits ......................... ~~~ ,••. 19 C. Establishing Line and Grade D. ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, Protection of Surfcce Structures 20 21 E. ...................... Interference of Unde ground Structures .. 21 F, ....... Removal of Surface Imprrn~ements ... , , , , , ~ ~ ~ • ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 22 G. , , , , Excz~~ation and Trench Preparation H. ..................... Installation of Pipe and Fittings 22 6 I. ....................... Polyethylene Encasement of Pi eline 2 7. ;;;; , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , p Jack-Bore SteelCasirgPipe 31 K. . • ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, Placement of Insulation 32 L. ................... , Vrater Service Lnst2llations 32 ' M. .......................... Setting Valves, Hydrn's, FittL~gs and Special 33 35 N. ............. Pipeline Bacl~lling Opertions O. ............. . Restoration of Suri2ce Improvements 36 ' P. ,,,,,, , , , , , , , , , , , , , Maintenance and Final Cleanup 37 ...................... 37 ' 4. TFSTIIvTG ................................ 38 ......... A. Disinfection of Mater ?~Sains .............. , 38 ' B. Hydrostatic Testing ofV~a'~erMains ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,42 C. Electrical Conductivity Test ............... . 44 D, Operational Inspection ........ ...................45 i ' srECaes.ooo 10 5. ME'T'HOD OF MEASL:tIt]F_MFN'I' ..................... .... . 45 A. Voter Main ......... 45 .......................... B.. Valves ...................................... 45 C. Hydrant with V~1ve ................ 45 .............. D. Fittings .............................. ...... 45 E. Gr~.nular Materi2.1 ......... 47 .............. ...... F. Boring ................ .................... 47 G. Voter Sertizce Connection 47 H. .......................... Sen~~ice Lines .. 47 ............................... I. Insulation ....... ...................... . . ..... 47 J Raise Valve Boz ................................ 47 6. BASIS OF PAYMENT .................................47 A. Water Main ................................... 47 B. Valves ...................................... 48 C. Hydrant ~-ith V~1ve .......... 48 .................... D. Fittings ........ ..................... .. ...... 48 E. Granules Materiel .......... 48 F ..................... Borin . g ......... .. .................... . ...... 48 G. Water Service Connection 48 H .......................... Service Lines . ................................. 48 I. Insulation ....... . ..................... ..:.... 48 J Raise Valve Boz ..........................~ ...... 48 ii spaca~s.ooo I 1 ' VrAT`T:.RMA1N . CONSTRUCTION REQUIREIviENT'S ' 1. DESCRII'TION This work shall consist of the constn~ction of the wester mains, hydrants, services and other ' appurtenances in accordance with the Plans and these General Requirements, except as modified by the Specific Requirements or the Special Provisions. All work shall comply with the requirements of Lhe Minnesota Department of Health, the Minnesota Plumbing Code and all applicable codes a~-~d ordinances. All references tD MnDOT specifications, od-,er specincations, s+~ndards or designations such as ' ASTM, ANSI, AWVJA, shall mean the latest published edition ~~.ilable on the date of adveitiserrent for bids on the project. ' All manufGctured products shy confo ~, iz detail to such standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in the contract documents. The Owner may require advance apprrnr~l of material supplier, product design, or other unspecified details as deemed necessary to insuie ' conformance to the contrct documents. Vr~here specific manufGctured products are referenced it is to indicate a product preference, of the Owner. Other manufGctured products of an "equivalent" kind, type, and quality, may be used if approved in writing by the Engineer. ' Product information, shop drwings or other information to describe the product shall be submit~~.ed to the Engineer in a timely mariner such that their review does not delay the project. ' At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit, in writing, a list of materials and suppliers for appro~~a1. 2. MATERIALS ' The materials used in this work shall be new, conforming with the requirements of the referenced specificztions for class, kind, type, size a.*~d grade of material as specified below and ' - other details indicated in the contrct. .. A. V~ater Main A.1 Ductile Tron Pike: Ductile il-on i for water mains ~ P Pe ..hall be Class S2 for pipe less than 12 inches in diameter, Class SO for pipe 12 inches or Ia ser in diameter, and shall conform to the requirements of A~~TWA C1S1 (AI~ISI A21.51). A.l.a Fittings: Firi~:ngs shall be Gray Tron or Ductile Tron, having a ' minimum working pressure rating of 1S0 psi, and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C110 (ANSI A21.10), Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings or AWVJA C153 (ANSI 21.53), Ductile-Iron Comp2ct Fittings. Fittings shall be manufactured in the United S~ tes ' SPEC-7x5.000 12 .. _~ A.l.b Lining and Coaizna: All pipe and fittings shall be furnished with cement mortax lil-iing muting the requirements of AV,TWA C104 (ANSI A21.4) for s~ndard thickness lining. All interior and exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings shall have a tar or bituminous seal coating at least one mil thick. Spotty or L'vn seal coating, or poor co::tirg adhesion, shall be cause for rejection. A.l.e oin :Pipe t}~,.reti inches and la bee in diame`,.er shaJ.l have push-on joints. Fit~ngs shall have mechanical joints. The rubber gasket shall conform to Al'~~'A C111 (ANSI A21.11). A. l.d , Electriczl Conductivity: Copper steps shall be welded or otherwzs~e permanently afn.zed to each pipe or appurtenance to provide a positive means of conveying elec~icity from pipe or fitting, to pipe or fitting. Conductive pipe gaskets may be used on pipe to pipe connec`,ions if approved by the Engineer. Size and method of amazing step shall be subject to the apprrnal of the Engineer and shall be sufficient to meet or exceed tl,e criteria for conductivity testing set forth in this specification. A.2 PoI invl Chloride P_pe: Polyvinyl chloride pipe (PVC) for inter main shall conform to AWWA C 900. All pipe shall have a minimum dimension ratio (DR) of 18 corresponding to a working pressure of 1S0 psi for PVC type 1120 pipe. A.2.a Fittings: Fittings shall be Gry Iron or ductile Iron, having a minimum working pressure rating of 1S0 psi, and shall conform to the requirements of AV1WA C11O (ANSI A21.10), or A~V~'~:~, C1S3 (ANSI 21.53) Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings. A.2.b joints: Joints in plastic pipe shall be bell-end elastomeric-gasket n'~• A.2.c Restraints: Restraints for C9O0 PVC pipe shall be Uni-Flange Series 1300, 1350, 1390 as may apply or equal. B. Fire H drams Fire hydrants shall be Pacer Model WB-67 as manu~ctured by V,%aterous Company, and shall conform to AWWA CS02. Hydrants shall be furnished in conformance with the following ~ supplementary requirements: . B.1 Five-inch (nominal diameter) main valve opening of the type that opens against water pressure with a pentagonal operating nut with one-inch sides (nominal 1.5 ~i 0 u Cl u u spsc.7as.oc,~ 13 ' ' inches from point of pent<gon to opposite side), and opening coun`~erclockvise (left). ' B.2 Bzrrels shall be two piece, non jac)~t type, with flanged joint above finished - gr~.de line, sixteen-inch bream o$ extension, (24") from ground to center nozzle) , and with rnechaniczl joint connection at the hub end for joining asix-inch ductile ' iron branch pipe. B.3 Hydrant bury depth, mea<ured fivm the tap of the branch pipe connection to the ' finished -ground line at the hydrant, shall be 8'-0" (According to Vr~terous definition of "Bury"; hydrants with a bury of 8'-6" shall be furnished). ' B.4 Hydrants shall have two outlet nozzles for 2-1/2 inch (I.D.) hose connection 2nd one outlet nozzle for 4-1/2 inch (I.D.) pumper connection. Threads shall conform to NFPA Irro. 194 (ANSI B26) and shall be: hose connection - 7-1/2 threads per " ' inch, 3.062 nominal outside diameter (Irrational Standard Thread); pumper connection - 4 threads er inch 5 750" i -- p , . nom nal outside diameter (National Standard Thread). Nozzle caps shall be nut type with chain. ' B.5 Hydrant operating mechanisms shall be rovided with " Q - p O rzn~ se~1s preventing entrance of moisture 2nd shall be lubricated through an opening in the operating nut or bonnet. B,6 Drain holes shall be left open unless indicated otherwise, if so indicated the " hydrant shall be -~Qed pump After Use". B.7 The Contractor shall provide the Owner with one hydrant wrench for every ten - (10) hydrants supplied or portion thereof. Cost of the wrenches shall be incidental to the project. C. Valves Six inch to twelve inch v2lves shall be resilient seated gate valves, larger than-tweh~e ' inches shall be butterfly. 'lapping tees shall have resilient seated gate vzlves. All valves shall be for buried service. ' C.I Butterfiy Valves: Butterfly valves shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C504 and the following requli-moments: ' a. Working pressure sting of 150 psi minimum. b. Two inch square operating nut opening counterclockwise (left). " ' c. Double O" ring or split V type stem seal. - d. Trveling nut type operator permanently sealed and lubiaczted, e. Manufacturers: Dresser, Pratt, or equal: SPEC-7<S o1J . 14 ~i C.2 Gate Valves: Gate valves sha:1 conform to AWWA C509 for Resilient Seated Valves, and shall comply with the following supplementary requirements: a. Working pressure ruing of 200 psi for all sizes. b. '11vu inch square opening nut opening counterclockw7se (lefr). ' c. Double ."O" ring stem _~.al, one abrn~e and below the stem seal.. d. Vr'eather seal on bon:,et cover. e. Non-rising stem. f. Mechanical joints. D. g. Manu ~ciurers: American, Mueller, Kennedy, or equal. C.3 Valve Boxes: Valve boxes shall be 5-1/4" diameter shaft suitable for 7.5' of cover wer the top of the water main. Boxes shall be cast iron screw type two piece boxes with the word "WATER" on the lid. Valve boxes shall be '1}~ler 6850 with 5-1/4" drop lid, or equal. Boxes shall be manufactured in thhe United States. Voter Service Pipe and Appurt.enance~ D.1 Pi,Qe: Water service pipe w7th inside diameter larger than 2 inches shall conform to the requirements of Ductile Iron Pipe or Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe. V~~ter service pipe 1 to 2 inches inside diameter shall be Type K, seamless copper ~2ter tubing, s-0ft annealed temper and conform tc~ the requirements of ASTM B 88. D.2 At~t~urtenances: a. Conontion Stop; For u_~e with fial-ed copper service pipe, and the inlet threaded with the stand~.rd AWWA taper thre;:d. b. urb Sto For use with ~arcd copper service pipe both ends, inverted key, and Minneapolis pattern. c, urb Box: Minneapolis pattern base, 78"-81" stationary rod, 12 inch box adjustment from 7' to 8', lid with pentagon plug, and 1-1/4" I.D. upper section. d. Service Saddle: Double step bronze type. e. Vt~-enches and Keys: The Contrctor shall provide the Owner with one 3' curb box shuto$ rod and pent~on key for every 20 curb boxes supplied spFCa<s.ooo 15 or portion thereof, minimum of 3. Cost of keys shall be incidental to the project. . f. Manu~cturers: Service Appurtenance Di- r ller Corporation Stop 1" - 2" H-15000 Curb Stop 1" - 2" Mark II Oriseal H-15154 Curb Box 1" H-10300 1-1/2"- 2" H-10300/H10344 Shutoff Kod H-10321 Pentagon Key H-10325 Saddle DIP H-16123-16137 PVC-C900 H-13420-13435 Manu~cturer's I~Iumber McDonald ~ 4701 F-600 6104 B22-333M-314" B22-444M-1" B22- 1-Ul" B22-777M-2" 5614 5615 305 304K --- 202B 3801 590 E. ~~'. Polyethvlene Encasement Material Polyethylene encasement material shall conform to Ati',~'1A C105 1}rpe A for tube type installation and 8 mil nominal film thickness. F. Steel Casing Pipe Steel czing pipe for jack-boring shall have a wall thickness of 0.375 inches for casing pipe up to 24 inch diameter, and a wall thickness of 0.500 inches for casing pipe 26 to 32 inches in diameter. G. Piling Piling shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification 2452. Piles for pipelines shall be Treated Timber, in accordance with NlnDOT 3471. spsc.;<s.ooo 16 0 H. Granular Materials Granular materials fiir;ushe3 for foundation, bedding, encasement, backfill or other purposes as may be specified shall consist of any natural or syntl,~etic mineral --~gregate such as sand, gruel, cnished rock, crushed stone, or slag, that shall be so grded as to meet the gradation requirements specified herein for each pzr`dcular use. • H.1 __Granular Material Grdation Classificztion;: Granular materials furnished for use in Foundation, Biding, Enca_~ement, or B2ckfill construction shall conform to the following requirements: Percent Passing ieve ize Foundation* Bedding Enczsement Backfill 3 Inch 2Inch ~ 100 1 Inch 100 100 100 3/4 Inch 85-100 90-100 90-100 3/8lnch 30-60 50-90 50-90 IrTo.4 0-10 35-80 35-80 35-100 I~''o.10 20-65 20-65 20-100 I~'o.40 4-35 0-35 0-35 l~~0.20o alo alo 0-10 *3/4" to 1-1/2" material may be used in lieu of Foundation specified H.2 Granular Ma~erial Use Designation: Granular materials provided for Foundation, Bedding, Encasement, or Backfill use as required by the Contract, either as part of the pipe i*~em work unit or as a BID item, shall be classified as to use LZ accordance with the following: Material Use Designation Zone Desi~nadon Granular Foundation Placed below the bottom of pipe grzde as replacement for unsuitable or unstable soils; to achieve bet'~er foundation support. Granular Bedding Placed below the pipe midpoint, prior to pipe installation, to tcili~te proper shaping and achieve uni~rm pipe support, Granular Encasement Placed frorri pipe midpoint to one foot above the top • of pipe, after pipe installation, for protection of the pipe and to ~ assure proper filling of voids and thorough consolidation of back~fiU. sPF.c-~es.ooo 17 ii ii n 0 u u 0 0 n n ri Granular Backfill Placed belo4,~ subgrde, if any, as the second stage ' of backfill, to minimize trench settlement and provide support for surface improvements. ' In each case above, unless other~zse indicated, fi-,e lower limits of any particular zone shall be the top sur ace of the next lov.~er course as constn~cted. The upper ' limits of each zone are es~blished to define variable needs for material gradation and compaction or void content, taking into consideration the sequence of construction and other conditions. The material use and zone designations ' described above shall rot be construed- `~ restrict the use of any particular material in other zones where Lhe gradation requil-ements are met. ' I. Insulation Main insulation shall be extruded rigid board material having a maximum thermal ' -~ conductivity of 0.23 BTU/hour/squal-~ footldegreti Fahrenheitlper inch thickness, at 4Q°F - mean, a compressive strength of 35 psi minimum, and aa`~er absorption of 0.25 percent by volume maximum. Insulation shall be DOW Styrofoal-n HI-40, Minnesota Diversified ' Products Certiforam brand insulation or equal. Unless otherwise spe~ci~ed in the PIans, Specificztions, and Spe~cifle Requirements, board ' dimensions shall measure 8 feet Ion=, 4 feet wide, and 1-1/2 inches thick or grezter. ' 3. CONSTRUCTION R.EOUIREMENI~ A. Maintenance ' Maintenance of the project site, and an other area afrecied b Y y construction, shall be u1 -.~ accordance with Mn/DOT specifications including Sections: ' 1404 Maintenance of Tr~c . 1514 Maintenance During Construction ' 1515 Control of Haul Roads Appendix B Minnesota T~Sanual on Uniform Trz~c Control Devices. ' Maintenance of streets and any demurs, by-passes, equipment, stockpile, or storage areas prrn~ided in conjunction with the project shall be required and shall b~e the responsibility ' of the Contractor. Said maintenance shall include but not be limited to keeping the streets free of obstacles, parked equipment, unused barriczdes, blading the traveled ways, controlling the dust in the construction area and on detours, and maintenance of all barriczdes and flashers. The Contrctor shall keep the portions of the project being used by public traffic, ' whether it be through or local traffic, in such condition that the tza~c will be adequately accommodated at all times. The Contractor shall provide and maintain temporar}- t sPtc-~<s.ooo 18 approaches, crossings, and intersections with trils, roads, streets, businesses, parking 1 lots, residences, games, farms, and other abutting property in accep~ble condition. The Con4actor shall main~i.n essential services during the course . of the project. Essential services shall include emerency vehicles, buses, mail delivery, garbage ' collection, dr~.inage and public utility services. The Contrctor shat coordinate his work with all appropriate a?encies and utility companies during constnaction. During construction it shall be the Contractors responsibility to sea that all existing drainage structures, ditches, gutters and utilities in the working area are kept cle~.n. 1 Gutters shall b~e cleaned and freti of dirt and other ma`~erials at the end of each working day to ensure .proper drainage. Bales, silt fence or other erosion control measures acceptable to the Engineer shall be us~i to prevent materials from wishing into drainzje , ways or storm sewers. There shall be an inspection of the sanitary sewer, storm sewer and water main utilities ' prior to the start of construction. The Contrctor shall notify the Engineer 24 hours in advance to aid in accomplishing this inspection. A.11 deficiencies in these existing systems prior to beginning construction must be immediately brought to the attention of the ' Engineer. During construction, the Contractor shall main~in the streets and control dust as directed by the Engineer. Dust control shall be provided in the same manner t.o stockpiles of topsoil, dirt, or other materials throughout the period of construction. Payment for maintaining streets and controlling dust shall be incidental t.o this project and no separate pays-,ent made unless provided for on the BID. B. V1ork Lmmis ' The Owner has obtained permanent and temporary easements for all construction on private property, as shown on the plan sheets. The remaining construction is within the right-of--way of dediczted streets. The Contrac'~or shall limit his opertions to the strut right-of--.way or easement unless he , makes a s.eparte arrangement with the landowner for the use of additional land. B.1 ti~v'ork on Existing Right-of-~~avs: In the cz~e of construction on a railroad, state i or county highway right-of--way, a permit for such construction will be obtained by the Owner. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements specified by , the permit with respect to limits, safety precautions, method of construction, etc., and shall fur~ush to the state or county highway department or the railroad the required supplemen~l bonds or Lnsurance coverages as stipulated in the permi`s without additional cost to the Ow~ner.~ spFC.;~s.w~ 19 I C. Establishin} Lire and Grade The primary line and grade will be established by the Engineer. Line and grade stakes I will be set parallel to the proposed pipeline at an appropriate ofi'set and interval as will serve the Contractor's opertions wherever practical; at each change in line or grade; and as needed for pipeline appurtenances and service lines. - The Contrctor shall arrange his ogeradons to avoid unnecessary interference with the _ establishment of the primary line and grde sizkes; and shall render whatever assist2nce may be required by the Engin~r to accomplish the staking. The Contractor shall be I responsible for presenafion of the primary stak;.es and shall bear the full cost of an Y restaging necessitated by his negligence. I ~= The Contractor shall be solely risible for the correct trap . ~~ sfer of the primary line and - grade from the stakes to all w~ork-ing poiln`s and for construction of the work to the I pmscribed lines and grades. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Specific Requirements, all I water main shall generally be placed with 7_1/2 feet of cover. However, a greater depth may be required t.o clear storm and sa.*utary sewers and sewer services, and no additional compensation shall be provided for such adjustments. I In certain locations where Ovate r main is in direct conflict with storm or sanitary sewer, the water main shall be constructed under the sewer. Where it is necessary to use I vertical bends to avoid sewer mains, no extra compensation will be made for this construction with the exception of payment for fittings used. I I~To deviation shall be made from tt-,e required line or grade except with the consent of the Engineer. In areas of conflict between wager mains, house sewers, storm sewers or sari ~' sewers, a separation of at least 18 inches betv,~een the water main and the sewer shall be I :provided. When loczl conditions prevent a vertical separation as described, the following - construction shall be usrzj: I (1) Sewers passing over or under wager mains shall be constructed of material equal to water main standards of construction for a distance of at least 9 fe~.t on either side of the water main. I (2) V~ater main passing under sewers shall, in addition, be rotected b providing: P y I (a) adequate stn!cttir~l support for the sewers to revent excessive P deflection of joints and .settling on and breaking of the water I mains; and I SPEC-7:5.0~'J 2O i (b) that the length of water pipe be centered at the point of crossing so that the joints will be equidistant and as far as possible from the se~~er. Watermains shall be Iaid at least 10 feet horizontally from any sanitcry sewer, storm sewer or sewer r,.anhole, whenever possible. When local conditions prevent a horizont<.1 separation of 10 feet a water r„ai_n may be Laid closer to a storm or sanitary sewer provided that: r C (1) the bottom of the water main is at least 18 inches above the top of the ' sewer; (2) where tl`us vertic,~1 s,.-pzradon cannot be obtained, the sewer sha11 be constn!cte~i of materials and with joints that are equivalent to mater main st2ndards of construction and shall be pressure tested to assure water- tightness prior to bac)~lling, D. E. Protection of Surface Structures All surface structures and features loczt.ed outside the excavation limits for underground installations, together v.~ith thos,° within the construction areas which are indicated in the Plans as being saved, shall be properly protected against dal-n~e and shall not be disturbed or removed without approti~~1 of the Engineer, Within the construction limits, ~s required, the remcnal of improvements such as paving, curbing, walks, turf, etc,, shall be subject to accep~ble replacement after completion of uncle bround work, with all expense of removal and replacement being borne by trhe Contractor unless separate compensation is specifically provided for in the Contract. Obstructions such as sheet signs, mailbcxes, guard posts, culver's, and other items of pre~bricated construction may be temporarily .removed during construction provided essential service is mainl<.ined LZ a relocated setting as approved by the Engineer and nonessential items are properly stored for the duration of construction. Upon completion of the untie ground work, all such items shall be replaced in their proper setting by and at the sole expense of the Contrctor. In the event of damage tc any surce improvements, either privately or publicly owned, the Contrctor w~11 be required to replace or repair the damaged property to the satisfaction of the Engineer and by the Contrctor at his expense. Interference of Undereround Structures When any underground structure interferes with the planned placement of pipe or appur`~enances and requires alterations in the work to eliminate the conflict or avoid endangering effects on either the existing or proposed facilities, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner of the a$'ected structures. When any existing fcilities are endangered by the Contractor's operations, he shall cease his SPbC-7:5.000 21 u n 7 ' operations at the site and take such precautions as may be necessary to protect the inpIace structures until a decision is made as to how the conflict will be resolved. Without specific authorization from the utility owner, no essential utility service shall be disrupted, nor shall any change be made Lz either the existing structures or the planned installations to overcome the interference. Alterations to existing frcilities will be ' allowed only when that sertiice will not be curtailed unati~oid.ably and then only when the encroachment or relocation will satisfy all applicable regulations and conditions. ' ~'t'herever alterations are required as a result of unfor~n untie around interferences not due to any fault or negligence of the Contrctor, the Engineer will issue a written change order covering any additional or exua work involved and specifying the revised basis of ' ~ payment, if any. Any alterations made strictly for the convenience of the Contrctor shall be subject to prior approval and shall be at the Contractor's expense. _ i~To extra compensation will be allowed for delays caused by the interference of underground structures unless apprrn~ed by the Engine`s and included in a change order. ' F. Remrnal of Surface Tmpnn~ements Removal of surfzce improvements in connection with trench excavation shall be limited to actual needs for installation of the pipeline and appur`~enances. Removal operations shall be coordinated e~eciively with the excavation and installation operations as will ' cause the least practical disruption of tr~ic or inconvenience t:o the public. Removed debris shall not be deposi`~:d at locations that will restrict access to firms hydrants, private driveways, or other essential service areas. Remrnal and final disposal of debris shat ' be accomplished as a single operation wherever possible and the debris shall be removed from the site before sung the excavating operations. ' =! Remrnal of concrete or bituminous structures shall be by methods producing clean-cut ~`: breal~ge that will preserve the remaining structure v~~ithout damage. Concrete or bituminous paving shall be removed so when the trench is excavated there will be a six ' inch wide minimum undisturbed subgrde and ajgregate ba_~e course lip. Removal equipment shall not be operated L-r a manner that will cause damage to the remail-ung or adjoining property. Where not removed to an existing joint, concrete structures shall be ' sawed along the break lines to a minimum depth of one-third of the structure depth. Any reusable materials or materals for recycling, such as asphalt, concrete, ~Sgregat.e, ' sod or topsoil, shall be segregated from other waste materials and be strxkpiled so as t.o main~irr suitGbility and per;nit proper reuse. G. Excavation and Trench Preparation Excavating operations shall prncee~ only so ~.r in advance of pipe Iaying as will satisfy ' the Heads for construction of work and pernlit advance verification of unobstructed line and grade as planned. Where interference with existing structures is possible or in any ' way indicated, and where necxssary to establish elevation or direction for connections t4 sPF.c-~<s.oo~ 22 u inplace stn~ctures, the exc~--vat;ng shall be done at those locations in adv^~nce of the main operation so actual conditions will be exposed in sufficient time to make adjustmen`s without resor~ng to extra work or unnecessary delay. All instillations shall be accomplished by open trench construction except where boring and jacking or tunnel construction methods shall b~e employed as specifically required by the Plans or apprr~ved by the EngLnevr. Surface structures must bti properly supported and the backfill restored to the saris action of the Engineer. The excavation operations shall be conducted to care~lly expose all inplace underground structures without damage. V,~~herever the excavation extends under or approaches close to an existing structure as to endanger it ilz any way, precautions and protective measures shall be taken as necessary to preserve the structure and provide temporary support. Hand methods of exc~~ating shall be utilized to probe for and expose such critical or hazardous installations as gas pipe a.*~d power or telephone cables. G.1 classification and Disposition of Materials: All materials encoun`~ered in the excavations, w7th the ezc~c-pt;on of items classified for payment as structure removals, will be considered as Unclassified Excavation. Unclassified materials shall include muck, rubble, wood debris, boulder stone, masonry or concrete fragments less than orie (1) cubic }ard ill volume, together with other miscellaneous matter that caz be removed effectively with power- opened .excavators. Excavated materials will be classified for reuse as being either SuitGble or Unsuitable for bac1~ill or otl-,er specified use, subject to selective consols. All suitable materials shall be reserved for bacl~ill to tie extent needed, and any surplus remaining shall be utilized for other construction on the project as may be specified or ordered by the Engineer. To the extent prctical, granular materials and topsoil shall be segregated from other materials during the excavating and stockpiling operations s~o as to permit best use of the available materials at the time of backfilling. All excava`~ed materials reserved for back1ill or other use on the project shat be stored at locations approved by the Engineer. that will cause a minimum of nuisance or inconvenience to public trvel, adjacent properties, and other special interests. The ma'~rial shall not be deposited so close to the edges of t_he excavations as would create hazardous conditions, nor shall any material be placed s~o as to block the access to emergency services. All ma`~erials considered unsuitable by the Engineer, for ~-~y usti on the project, shall be immediately removed from the project and be disposed of as arrar;ged for by the Contrctor. G.2 Excavation Limitations. and Reeuirements: Trench excavating shall be t.o a depth that will permit preparation of the foundation, as specified, and ins~llation of the pipeline and appurtenances at the prescribed line- and. grade except where alterations are specifically authorized. Trench widths shall be sufficient to permit the pipe. to be laid and joined properly and the bacldlll to be placed and u Ill J 0 I~ [l 0 C srF.c-7<s.oo~ 23 ' L I'~ i~ computed as specified. Extra widL~'1 shall be provided as necessary t.o permit convenient placement of sheeting and shoring and to accommodate placement of appurtenances. Ezczvations shall be ex`~ended belay the bottom of structure grde as necessary to accommodate any required Granular Bedding. material. Vv~hen unstLble foundation materials are encountered at the established grade, additional materials shall be removed as specified or ordered by the Engineer to produce an acceplLble foundation. All exc~~tions below grde shall be to a minimum width equ21 to the outside pipe diameter plus tv.~o (2) feet. Where no other grade controls are indicated or es~blished for the pipeLne, the excavating and foundation preparations shall provide a minimum cover over the top of the pipe of 7.5 fit to the proposed final grade as indicated on the plans. _' Trench widths shall allow for at least six inches of clearance on each side of the :Y joint hubs. The maximum allocable width of the trench at the top of pipe Ievel shall be the outside diameter of the pipe plus two (2) feet, subject to the considerations for alternate pipe Ioading set forth below The width of the trench at -the ground sur~ce shall be held to a minimum to p~•ent unnecessary destruction of the surface structures while main~ining safe wonting .conditions. The maximum allowable trench width at the level of the top of pipe may be exceeded only by approti2l of the Engineer, after consideration of pipe strength and loading relationships, Any alternate. proposals made by the Contrctor shall be in writing, giving the pertinent soil weight da+a a.*td proposed pipe strength alternate, and shall be made in a timely manner so as not t.o delay the project. Approval of alternate pipe designs shall be with the understanding that there will be no extra compensation wi]1 be allowed for any increase in material or construction costs. - ~~ G.3 Sheeting and Bracing Exc<<ztions: All exca~2tions shall be sh~ted, shored, and braced as wz].1 mgt ill requil-ements of the applicable safety codes and regulations; comply with any specific recluil--ements of the Contrct; znd prevent disturbance or settle,;,ent of adjacent surfaces, foundations, structures, utilities, and other properties. Any dames to the work under contrct or to adjacent structures- or property caused by settlement, water or earth pressures, slides, cave-ilns, or other czuso.s due to t~ilure or lack of sheeting, shoring, or bracing or through negligence or cult of the Contractor in any manner shall be repaired by the Contractor at his expense and without delay. Where conditions. warrant extreme care, the Contractor shall exercise special precautions to protect life or property. This may include the installation of sheet piling of t>ze interlocking type or shall include other safety measures be taken as the Contractor deems necessary, The Contractor shall at all times be responsible for protection of life, property, and the work on the project. 24 1 The Contrctor shall assume full responsibility for proper and adequate placement of sheeting, shoring, and brcing, wherever and to such depths that soil stability may dictGte the nea3 for support to prevent displacement. Brcing shall be so arranged as to provide ample w~or'~ng space and so as not io place s7ess or strain on the 117place structures tD any extent that may cause damage. Shetit>1ng, shoring and bracing materials shat be removed only when and in such manner as will assure adequate protection of the inplace structures and prevent displacement of supporte3 grounds. Shevtil-~g and bracing shall be left in place only as required by the Contract. Otherw7se, sheeting and bracing may be removed as the ba.cl~illi-ng retches the level of respective support. ~'lherever sheeting and bracing is left in place, the upper por'dons shall be cut and removed to an eley2ton of three -(3) feet or more below the established surface grde or as the Engineer may direct. All costs of furnishing, placing and removing sheeting, shoring and bracing materials, including the value of materials left in place as required by the Contract, shall be included >,Z the prices bid for pipe ins~llation and will not be compensated for separately. When any sheeting, shoring, or bracing materials are left in place by written order of the Engineer, payment maybe made for those materials as an extra work item, including waste material resulting from upper cut-off requirements. . G.4 Preyaration and Maintenance of Foundations: Foundation preparations shall be conducted to produce a stable foundation and provide continuous and uniform pipe bearing between bell holes. Where Class C bedding is specified, the initial excavating or bacld'illing operations shall produce a subgrde level slightly above finished grade to permit hand shaping to finished grade by trimming of high spots and without the new for filling of low spots to grade. Iit excavations made below grade to remove unstable materials, the bacldilling t.o grade shall be made with Gr4nular Foundation material. Placement of the baclci~ll shall be in relatively uniSrm layers not exceeding eight (8) Lnches in Ioose thickness. Each layer of bacliill shall be compacted thoroughly, by means of approved mechanical compaction equipment, t.o produce uniform pipe support throughout the full pipe length and facili~te proper shaping of the pipe bed. Where the foundation soil is found to consist of materials that the Engineer considers to be sa uns~ble as to preclude rerno«1 and replacement to a reasonable depth to achieve solid support, a sui~ble foundation shall be constructed as the Engineer directs in the absence of spacial requirements therefore in the Contract. The Contrctor shall be required to funish and drive piling and construct concrete or~ timber bearing supports or other work as provided for in an extra work order. Care shall be taken during final subgrzde shaping to prevent any over-excavation. Should. any low spots develop, they shall only b~e filled with Granular Foundation SPEC-7<S.O~O 2S fl 1 7 r ~~~ ' material, which shall be compac`~ed thoroughly, without additional compensation . provided to the Contrctor. The finished subgrade shall be maintained free of water and shall not be disturbed during pipe lcrarering opertions except as ' necessary to remove pipe slings. The discharge of tench de<watering pumps shall be directed to natural drainage channels or storm water drains in a manner which does not cause d~r-nage to private or pubLc property. Any debris Left' by ' dewatering opertions shall be cleaned up immediately by the Contractor. Draining trench water into szni~ry sewers or combined sewers will not. be perTnitted. The Contrctor shall i~-~st<ll and operate a dew~terina ~s`~em of.w s s} ells or points - to maintain pipe benches freti of water wherever necessary or as directed by the Engineer to meet the intent of these specificrtions. Unless otherwise specified Lz the Plans, Specifications, or Specific Requirements, such work shall be considered - incidental with no additional compensation provided therefore. ' :~- All costs of exca~~ting below grade and lacing foundation or Q aP Q~ P 5 bedding a.~re,ates as required shall be included in the bid prices for pipe items to the extent that the ' - need for such work is indicated in the Contract provisions and the BID does not provide for payment therefore under separate BID items. If examination by the Engineer reveals the new for placement of foundation aggregates w~ cause`s by the Contractor's manipulation of the soils in the presence of excessive moisture or lack of proper dewatering, the cost of the ' corrective measures shat be borne by the Contractor. i ~J H. Installation of Fipe and FittinCs - Inspection, handling, and all aspects of the installation of pipe, services, and appurtenances shall be in accordance with the applicable sections of the Ati~l~A specifications, the manu~cturer's recomn-,endations, and as supplementers as follows. H.1 Inspection and Handling: Proper and adequate implements, tools, and ~cilides - shall be pr~a~rided and u_~,:d by the Contrctor for the safe and convenient prosecut;on of the work. Unloading, distribution, and storage of pipz and appurtenant ma`~erials on the job site shall be at a location approved by the Engineer. All materials shall be handled carefully, as will prevent damage to protective coatings, linings, and joint fit~ngs; preclude con~ninafion of interior areas; and to avoid jolting contact, dropping or dumping. Before being Lowered into laying position, the Contrac`~r shall make a thorough visual inspection of each pipe section and appurtenant units to detect damage or unsound conditions'that~ may need corrective action or be cause for rejection. Inspection procedure shall be as approved by the Engineer, w7th special methods being required as he deems necessary to check out suspected defects more definitely. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any defects discovered and the Engineer will prescribe the required corrective action or order rejection. S?EC-;a5.000 2b n Immediately bzfore placement, the joint surf<ces of each pipe section and fitting shall be inspected for the presence of foreign matter, coating blisters, rough edges or projections, and any imperfecfions so detected shall be core~cted by cleaning, trimming, or repairs as needed. H.2 Pipe T.aving~perations: Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall proceed ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper Iaying and joining of the units at the prescribed grde and alignment without unne~ess2ry deviation or hindrance. All foreign mat`~er or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and fittings before they are lowered into position in the trench and they shall be kept clean by approved means durng and after laying. The sewer materials shall be czrefully lowered into laying position by the use of sui~ble restraining devices. Under no circumstances shat the pipe be dropped into the trench. At the time of pipe placement, t};e bedding conditions shall be such as to provide uniform-and continuous support for the pipe between bell holes. Bell holes shall be exczvated as necessary t.o make the joint connections, but they shall be no lamer than would be adequate to support the pipe throughout its length. IvTo pipe material shall be laid in-water nor when the trench or bedding conditions are otherwise unsuitGble or improper. When placement or handling precautions prove inadequate, in the Engilneer's opinion, the Contractor shall provide and install suitable plugs or caps efrectively closing the open ends of each pipe section before it is lowered into laying position, and they shall remain so covered until removal is necessary for connection of az adjoining unit. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor for the removal of any debris found in the water main at any time during the project. As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed in laying position, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade, The pipe shall be secured Lz place with approved backfill material, which shall be thoroughly compacted by t<mping around the pipe, Connection of pipe to existing or previously constructed lines shall be accomplished as shown in the Plans or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, including noon hour and overnight periods, all open ends of the pipe line shall be closed by watertight plugs or other means approved by the Engin~r. If water is present in the trench, the seals shall remain in place until the trench is pumped completely dry. Unless otherwise noted in the Specific Requirements, Class B pipe bedding shall be used for PVC v~ater main and Class C pipe bedding shall be used for Ductile Iron water main. SFF.C-75.000 27 ~I ~, I_ ~I~ Li ' H.3 ~ Ductile Iron Pipe Joints H.3.a Push-On 7oint~: The circular rubber gasket shall be fiered invard a~-~d ' inserted in the gasket recess of the bell socket. A thin film of approved gasket lubricant shall be applied to either the inside surface of the gasket ~ or the outide surface of the spigot end. .Care shall be taken to prevent introduction of con~rninants The joint shall be com leted b f i h . p y orc ng t e spigot end to the bottom of the socket by the use of suitable prybas or jack type equipment. Spigot ends which do not have- depth_ marks shall be marked before assembly to insure full insertion. Field cut pipe shall be filled or ground at the spigot edge to resemble the manuficturer's ~. fabricated detciling. The use of the bucket on the excavation equipment - shall not be used t.o fo.-ce pipe into socket. ' H.3.b Mechaniczl Joints: The last eight inches of the outside spigot surface and the inside bell sur~ce of h i d eac p pe an appurtenance joint shall be painted . with a soap solution, after being thoroughly cleaned. The cast iron gland shall then be slipped on the spigot end with the lip extension toward the ' socket or bell end. The rubber gasket shall be paintQd with soap solution and be placed on the spigot end with the thick edge toward the gland. An approved lubricant provided by the pipe manufacturer may be used in lieu of the soap solution. After the spigot end is inserted into the socket to full depth and centered, the gasket shall be pressed into place within the bell evenly around the . entire joint. After the gland is positioned behind the gasket, all bolts shall be installed and the nuts tightened alternately to the specified torque, such . as to produce equal pressure on all parts of the gland. ' Unless otherurise specified, the bolts shall be tightened in 2ccordance witJh AWWA C-b00 by means of a suitable torque-limiting wrench within a foot-pound range of: . ' .-. Pipe Size Bolt Size Tor ue q Inch Inch ft-lb ' 3 5/8 45-60 4-24 3/4 75-90 ' 30-36 1 100-120 After tightening, all exposed parts of the bolts and nuts shall be ' _ completely coated with an approved bituminous nest preventive coal tar material such as Koppers, Bitumastic Super Service Black or Tnemeo ' 46-57 Tnemecol. spLc-7<s.o~o 2 g ~i u H,4 PQl„yvin.~l Chloride Pik Joints: jointing shall be in accordance with AWWA Manual I~io. M23. _ H.5 Aligning and Fitting of PiQe: The cutting of pipe for inserting salves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage t.o the pipe and shall Ieave a smooth square-cut end. Pipe shall be cut with approved mechani~.l cutters. Wherever it is necessary to deflect the pipe from a straight line either in the vertical or horizontzl plane, to avoid obstructions, plumb stems, or produce a long radius curve when permitted, the amount of deflection allowed at each joint ' shall not exceed the allov.~.ble limits for maintaining satisfactory joint seal as given in AWWA C600 for mechanical joints and push-~n joints, or as otherwise allowed by the pipe manufGctv.rer. MF~CHANICAL JOINT Pipe Size Deflection Angle Offset Radius Inch Degrees Inch Feet 18' 20' 18' 20' 3 - 4 8 - 18 31 35 125 140 6 7 - 07 27 30 145 160 8 - 12 5 - 21 20 22 195 220 14 - I6 3 - 35 13.5 IS 285 320 18 - 20 3 - 00 11 12 340 380 24 - 30 2 - 23 9 10 4S0 -500 PUSH-ON 7O1NT Pipe Size Deflection Angle Inch Degrees Offset Radius Inch Feet 1 2 ' 18 ' 2 0' ~i ~i n ~i ~i 3 - 12 5 19 21 205 230 14 - 36 3 11 12 340 380 H.6 Blocking 2nd Anchoring_of _Pi~e; A.ll plugs, caps, tees, bends, and other. thrust points shall be provided with r~zction backing, or movement shall be preventeri by attachment of suit<ble restraining devices, in accordance with the requirements of the Plans, Specific Requirements and typical details. Tn the absence of other specified requirements for reaction blocking or restraining devices, the following provisions shall apply: SPEC-;d5.000 29 1 ~i ~i ~i n a. Megalug Series 1100 Retainer glands, cast in place concrete blocking or nodding shall be used for joint restraint on all horizontal and vertical bends exce~ing 22-1/2 degrees deflection, and all caps, plugs, branch. tees, crosses, salves at the end of a line, all h}drznt valves, and all hydrants. Restrained joints cast onto the pipe by the manufachirer (I.ol~'I}rton, Fastite, etc.) will be considered as being equi~~lent to the use of retainer glands. Retainer glands equivalent in function and form to the Megalug Series 1100 may be used only if it is approved by the joint Powers V~ater Board Engineer. PIugged tees and crosses Lz a straight run do not requi~-~ restraint. • For - • restrained join`s, the number of feet of tied pipe required shall be in -- -:: accordance with the table belo~,v. FEET OF RESTT:.A~1ED OR TIED PIPE REQUIRED ON EACH SIDE OF THE BEND ~ i~OTE: (1) Table based on sand exc.~ation, for silt increase 50~ - ~ (2) If Polyethylene wrapping is used increase value by 100q - N.R. = Not Recommended Cover ' 6' Cover 8' Cover Pipe Size Bend Sizes Bend Sizes I Bend Sizes -22'h ° 45 ° 67'h ° 90 ° 22'h ° 45 ° 67'h ° 90 ° 22'h ° 45 ° 67'h ° 90 ° " 3 N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 1' 3' 4' 8' 1' 2' 3' I 4' 4" N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 2' 4' S' 8' 1' 3' 4' ~' I 6" N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 3' 6' 8' 9' 2' 4' S' 6' 8" N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 4' ( 7' 9' 11' 3' S' 7' I 9' +I 12" 16" N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. ( N.R. N.R. 6' 7' 10' 13' 14' 18' 17' 21' S' 6' 8' 10' 10' 14' 12' 17' I 20" 12' 22' 30' 37' 9' 15' 22' 27' 7' 12' 17' 20' 24" 14' 25' 37' 43' 10' 18' 26' 30' N.R. N.R. N.R: N.R. ~~ 30" -17' - 30' 45' S2' 12' 21' 30' 37' N.R. N.R. - N.R. N.R. ~ 36" i9' 35' S0' 61' I4' 25' 35' - 43' N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. ~' 42" 22' 39' S6' 69' 16' 28' 40' 49' N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 48" 24' ~- - 43'. ~ ~. 63' - 77'- 18' 31' 45' - 55' - N.R. - N.R. N.R. N.R. - Table is from "Standards For The Installation Of Violet Mains" St. Paul \~ater Utility. r b. O$'set bends made with s~ndard o>7set fittings need not be strapped or buttressed. c, Tie rods and tie harnesses shall be of the same size as the required bolt, torqued to the requirements of Section H.3.b. After installing the tie reds and harnesses and prior to the bacl~ill opertions, they shall be coated with abrush- applied t<r coating.. This coating shall be Koppers Bitumastic Super Services Black or Tnemer 46-57 Tnemecol, or equal, and shall be applied to the manufGcturer's specifications, Hot dipped gaI`T parts nevi not be tar caated, All necessary fittings, bands, tie rods, nuts, and washers, and all Iabor 2nd exca~~ation required for ins~llation of reaction restraints shall be furnished by the Contrctor at his expense and without dil-ect compensation. Hardwood blocking shall only be used as temporary reaction backing until acceptable permanent reaction blocking or restraining devices have betin installed. Blocking shall be nominal 2-L~ch timber having an area equivalent to at least four times the area of the surface of the cap or plug it restrains. Concrete butuesses shall be poured Sainst firm, undisturbed ground and shall be formed ~>sz such a way that the joints will be kept free of concrete and remai,~ accessible for repairs. The concrete mix used in buttress construction shall meet the requirements for Grade B (3400 psi) of MnDOT 2461. Buttress dimensions shall be as indicated on the Plans or as approved by the Engineer. Contractor are instructed to size concrete buttress blocking on fittings and dead ends where the blocking must withstand the pressure of lamer main _ line fittings equipr-~d with reducers, for the la der sized main line thrust and not for smaller fitting size only. This is of particular importance on tees and crosses where the main size is reduced on the run from large to small size by use of reducers. I. Polvethvlene Encasement of Pir~eline Ductile iron pipe andlor valves, fitfings, and appurtenances, shall be fully encased in polyethylene film of 8 mil. nominal thickness. The film shall be furnished in tube form for installation on pipe and all pipe-shaped appur`~enances such as bends, reducers, offsets, etc, Sheet film shall be provided and used for encasing all odd-shaped appur`~enances such as salves, tees, crosses, etc. Installation shall be in accordance with AW~W.a C105, Type A: SPf.C•7<S.OJO 31 u 1 r n U 0 J hack-Bor~Steel Casing Pipe ' The Contractor shall jack-bore steel casing pipe in place as specified and as located on the Plans.. ' ' In granular native soils, a 1-1/2". pipe shall be forced along the top of the casing pipe. 'Ihe end of this 1-1/2" pipe shall be 18" back from the Lead edge of the jacking pipe. Bentonite grout under pressure shall be forced through this pipe at all times during the jacking operation to fill any voids that might develop above the casil~g. ' .The water pipe shall then be installed in the casing and the annular space between the `- • water pipe and czsL-~g shall be densely filled with sand and the ends sealed with concrete or mor`-~r. ' The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining or paying any special permit fees for =~ bonds, etc, requu-ed. K. ~ Placement of Insulation ' Rigid insulation board shall be placed within the pipe encasement zone, six (6) inches above ire pipe. Prior to placement of the insulation, encasement ma`~erial shall be compacted until there is no further visual evidence of increased consolidation or the ' density of the compactedi layer conforms to the density requirements specified in the Specific Requirements, then leveled and lightly scarified to a depth of 1/2 inch. Encz_sement zone material placed below the insulation shall be free of rock or stone fr~ments measuring 1-1/2 inches or greater. ~° Insulation boards shall be placed on the sczrified material with the long dimension ' parallel to the centerline of the pipe. Boards placed in a single layer shall be overlapped - at least 6 inches on all sides to eliminate continuous joints for the full depth of the insulation. If two or more Iayers of insulation boards are used, each layer shall be t ~ - placed to cover the joints of the layer immediately below with an overlap of at Least 6 inches. ~I • The Contrctor shall exercise caution to insure that all joints between boards are tight during placement and bacl~illing wZth only extruded ends placed end t.o end or edge to edge. Broken or dzl-naged material shall be removed and replaced. The first layer of material placed rn~er the insulation shall be twelve (12) inches in depth, free of rock or stone fizgments measuring 1-1/2 inches or greater. The material shall be placed in such a manner that constrcction equipment does not operte directly on the insulation and shall be compactd.w7th equipment which exerts a contact pressure of less than 80 psi.. The first layer shall be compacted until there is no further visual evidence of increased consolidation or the density of the compacted Iayer conforms to the density requiments specified. ' space>s.ooo 32 n L. V~ater Ser~~ce rnst<lladons Vrater service lines complete with all required appurtenances, shall be installed Lz accordance with all pertinent requil-emen`s for main line ins~llations and as supplemented as follows. It shall be the responsibility of the Contactor to keep az arcuate record of the locztion, depth and size of each service connection and other pertinent data such as the locztion of curb stops and pipe endings. 'Ibp locations shall be recorded in reference to survey line stationing. Curb boxes shall be tied to definable land marts such as building corners, fire hydru-~ts, manholes and `~elephone pedestals. Pipe terminals at the property line shall be marked on the ground surface with a 2" x 4" x 8' wood post extending 3' above grade with the top 2' painted blue. Vt~ter service lines shall be installed in accordance with Minnesota Department of Health standards. Were water service lines are installed alongside of sanitary or storm sewer service lines, installation shall maintain the minimum specified clearances between pipelines and prrn~ide proper and adequate bearing for all pipes and appur'~enances. For sepaate installation, the tench width shall be not less than two fetit. Subject to minimum clearances, the water ~ lines may be laid in a common trench excavated principally for sewer instillation; either by widening the trench as necessary or by providing a shelf in 1J5e tench wall where ground stability will permit. Unless otherwise speci~d, installation of water service lines shall provide for not less than seven and one-half feet of cover over the top of the pipe and for not less than 18 inches of clearance b~etw~n pipelines. Also,. at least 6 inches of clearance shall be maintained in crossing over or under other structures. W~;ere the service pipe may be exposed to freezing due to insu5cient cover or exposure from other underground structures, the mater pipe shall be insulated as diluted by the Engineer. Service trenches shall be restored and compacted as specified for pipelines. L.1 'Pap Service tires: Tap service piping shall be Sea,-riless Copper Vr~ter 'Vibe of the size and type speoi~ed, pipe size for tap service instaLations shall be from 1 inch to 2-1/2 inch nominal inside diameter. Unless othenk-ise indicated, tap sen:i~ pipu-,g may be laid dimctly on any solid foundation soil that is relatively free of stones and hard lumps. Tip service piping shall, be installed .~ one piece without intermediate joint couplings between the corporztion stop at the mater main tap and the curb stop. All pipe and appurtenances shall be joined by means of approved Bared type threaded couplings. . Connection of tGp service lines to the water main shall be made with an approved corporation stop, with the water main tdp being made from horizontal to an angle of not more than IS degrees from the horizontal. (2:30 and 9:00 o'clock). spLc-;<s.a~ 33 u i~ u ~''~ J r. Expansion loops shall be directed horizontally, not vertically from the tap. A minimum of 3 full threads of the corporation stop must engage in ductile iron voter main or a saddle must b~ used for the connection (see chart below). ,All ~ service lines to polyvinyl chloride w~tEr main shall have a sadale used with the connection. DUCTII_E-IRON PIPE SADDLE RE.Q Class 52 Class 50 Pipe Size Inches 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 Vt?all Thickness ~_ .Inches .29 .31 .33 .35 .31 .33 .34 .35 .36 .38 Corp. Stop Pipe Thickness Required for 3 Corportion Stop Threads Inches Inches 1 .3 8 .34 .32 .31 .30 .29 .29 .2 8 .2 8 .27 1-114 .45 .39 .36 .34 .33 .32 .31 .30 .30 .30 ':. 1-1/2 .44 .40 .37 .35 .34 .33 .32 .32 .31 2 .48 .4-~ .41 .39 .37 .36 .35 .33 •~ ABOVE LINE-WIO SADDLE BELOW LINE-W/SADDLE The flaring of copper tubing ends shall be accomplished only with the use of the proper size and type of tools as designatFd for the purpose, and will provide accurte sia.ng and rounding of the ends, Tlrbing shall be cut squarely and all edge roughness shall be removed prior to faring. All couplings shall be tightened securely, so the Bared end fits snugly against the bevel of the fitting without Ieakage. The fiarrd joint couplings shall be made up without the use of jointing compounds. srrc.;<s.o~ 34 ~I ~' Unless otI-,erwise indicated, ~p serv-ice Imes shall be innstalled on a straight ' line at right angles to the v.eter main or property line. The service line shall be termina`~.eri with a curb s`~op and box at the property line. The service pipe and curb stop coupling depth shall be such ~ to maintain not less than 7-1/2' minimum cover, or in locations where conflict may occur witltl s`~orm sewer, stirvice pipe shall be placed 2t lust 3 feet below the storm sewer invert or shall be insulated in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, and Sp~ial Prrn-isions to prevent freeing. In any case the Contrctor shall make every etiort to prrnzde for a st<ndard depth service ' box ins~.iIation where pr4cticable. The service box shall be screwed onto the curb stop coupling and be ' firmly supported on a concrete block. Service bones shall be installed plumb and be braced ere~tively t.o remaLn ver'ucal during and after completion of bacl~illing. The service bones shall be brought to final sur ice grde when the anal ground surface has been established. 1`T. Bettina Valves. Hvdr~nts. Fittings and Speci~Is Valves, hydrnts, fittings and specials shall be provided and ins~lled as required by the plans and detail plates, and with each installation accomplished in accordance •~~ith the requirements for installation of mainline pipe to the extent applicable. Support blocking, thrust blocking, and anchorage devices shat be provided as required by the plans. and detail plates. Hydr~nis shall be installed plumb, with the height and orientation of nozzles as shown ' on the detail plates. Hydrants shall be connected to the mainline pipe with a 6 inch diameter branch pipe, controlled by an independent valve. A drainage pit one-half cubic yard uz volume shall be installed around the hydrant base and shall be filled with caars~ gruel firmly compacted under and around the hydrant bate and 6" above the drain outlet. The course gravel shall be covered with at least tv.~o ' Iayers of tar paper or six (6)mil polyethylene prior to placing backdll thereon. Drain holes shall be normally left open when specified. Hydrants located where the groundwater table is above the drain outlet shat have the outlet plugged and shall be ' equipped with a ~ stating, "Pump A~~er Use". Valve boxes shall be centered over the wrench nut of the valve and be installed plumb, 1 with the box corer flush w7th the sur ice of landscaped are2s. Irt streets, valve boxes shall be set at 1/2 inch beIorr the finished surface of bituminous or concrete pavement • or 6 inches below the surface of a gravel sur;<ced road. Valves installed below ' groundwater shall have b mil polyethylene, 4' z 4', placed tightly aver the valve prior to the box assembly to prevent soil nigrtion into the valve box assembly. Valve boxes shall not be installed so as to transmit shock or stress to the valve. Valve boxes installed outside the paved roadway shall have a 4"z4"x6' wood post installed, adjacent to the box, with two (2) feet aboti~e the ground sur,~ce. Post is not required when the valve box spsc-;<s.om 35 0 u ' is installed with a hydrant. Any valves placed deeper than 8 feet below finished grde shall incorporte a valve s`~em extension that places the opening nut at 7 t.o 8 feet below finished grade. Special appurtenances shat be p:Yndded and inst<lled as required by the Plans and Special Pl-ovisions. - All dead ends shall be clos~i with approved plugs or caps and restr4ined by nodding or ' thrust blocking. If line size is reduced at tl-,e end of the line, restraints shall be sized for the line size prior to reduction. Lns~?1 a 4"x4" wood post verfically 1` om the pipe end invert to two (2) fit above the ground surface. N. • ~ Pipeline Backfilling_Qperat;ors .,~ _ ' All .pipeline excavations shall be bac~'illed to restore pre-existing conditions as the minimum requ>1--ement, and fulfill all supplement2sy requirements indicated in the Plans •and Specu3cations. The back5llirg operations shall be started as soon as conditions will permit on each section of pipeline, so as to provide continuity in subsequent operations and restore normal public service. as soon as practicable on asection-by-section basis, All opertions shall be pursued diligently, with proper and adequate equipment, as will ' assure acceptable results. ' B2ekfilling shall be accomplished with the use of Sui~ble Materials selected from the ' exczvatPd materials to the extent atiailable and prcticzl. .Suitable Material shall be defined as a miner~.l soil reasonably free of foreign materials ' (rubbish, debris, etc.), frozen clumps, organic matter, stone, rock, concrete, or bituminous chunks Ia ben than 4", and other unsuitGble ma'~erials that may damage the pipe instaLation or prevent thorough compaction, taking into consideration particular ' needs of diuerent bacl~ill zones. Unsuitable material shall only be utilized where and to the ex`~ent there will be no detrimental e>iects and with the approtial of the Engineer. ' •Backfill ma`~erials shall be czrefully placed >1z relatively uni~rm depth Iayers spread over the full width and length of the bench sFxtion to prrn~ide simultaneous support on both ' sides of the pipeline. Each layer shall be compacted effectively, by apprrn~ed mechanical methods before pI~cing ma'~erial for a succe,~ing layer therc~n, Within the pipe bedding zone compaction shall be in a minimum of thrreti ]..if`~: invert to spring line, spring line ' to top of pipe, and top of pipe to 1.0 foot over top of pipe. Maximum thickness of any lift shall be eight (8) inches compac`~d thickness. Compaction requirements are: 95 0 Standard Proctor maximum dry density from the pipe zone to within 3 fetit of the ground surface, and 10050 Standard Proctor maximum dry density in the final 3 fit. All surplus or waste materials remaining after completion of the bacl~lling operations shall be disposed of in an' accepable manner-after completing the backfill work, Disposal at any location within the project limits shall be as specified, or as approved in writing by the Engineer; otherwise, disposal shall be accomplished outside the projeot ' limits at the Contrctor's own dump site. siac•~~s.a~ 36 1 0 O. P. Restoration of Surfzce Imprt7vemer,`s Wherever any surface imprrn~emen`s such as pavement, curbing, pedestrian ~z:Iks, ' fencing or turf have bin removed, damaged or otherwise disturbed by the Contractor's operations, they shall be repaired or replaced in kind and structure to the pre-existLng condition or better. Each item of restortion work shall be done as soon as practical after completion of ins~.llation and bac~lling opertions on each section of pipeline. Lz the absence of specific payment p;~,-zsions, as separate BID items, the restortion ' work shall be compensated as part of the work required under those BID items which ne~essitatnd the destruction and replacement of repair, and there will be no separte payment therefore. If sti-pirate pay items are provided for restoration vrork, only that ' portion of the repair or reconstruction which was necessitated by the Contract ~~ork will be measured for payment. Any improvements removed or damaged unnecessarily shad be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at his expense. A proper foundation shall be prepared before reconstructing concrete or bituminous improvements. Unless otherwise directed, granular material shall be placed to a depth of at least four (4) inches under all concrete and bituminous items. 1\To direct compensation will be made for fur;ushing and placing this material even though such course was not part of the original constriction. Existing concrete and bituminous surfaces at t,5e trench wall shall be sawed or cut with a cutting wheel t:o fore a neat edge in a straight line before surfaces are to be restdred. ' Sawing or cutting may be accomplished as a part of the remotial or prior to restoration - at the option of the Contrctor. However, all surface edges shall be inspected prior to restoration. Maintenance and Final Cleanup All subgrade sur maces shall be maintGin ' ed acc.eptzbly untr.l the start of sur ice construction or restoration work. Additional materials shall be prrn°ided and placed as needed in compensa+.~ for trench settlement and to serve until completion of the final ' sur ice improvements. Final disposal of debris, waste ma'~eriaIs, and other remains or consequences of construction, shall be accomplished prior to final acceptance of all work. Final acceptance of each BID item can only be made when the cleanup associated with each item is completed. The Engine`r may withhold. partial payments until such work is satin actorily pursued or he may deduct the estimated cost of its performance from the partial estimate vzlue, e u SFF.C- i<5.0."U 37 ~ ~.. TFSTII~ ' A. Disin~ction of Vn`~r Mains Before being placed in service, the comple`~d wester main insf<].Iation shall be disinfected and flushed, and af`~er the final ~ushirig the w2ter shall be tested for bacteriologic quality and found t:o meet the s~ndards rescribed b the Mnnesota P y Department of Health. The disin~cction materials and prrxzdu.res a_r,d the collection and testing of wester samples shall at a minimu,-n be in accordance with ilhe prrn~isions of AW~'A C651, Disinfecting ~'~~ter Mains, and as will meet the requiremen`s of the Minnesota Department of Health. ' V,~~here am existing ~~a`~er mein is cut for the installation of a hydrant, for lowering the eater main, or for re2sons dete ~~ ~ ed by the Engineer, the pipe and fittings proposed .... to be installed shall be disin~cted prior to installation as follows: ' ~(1) The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be cleaned of all dirt and foreign matenal. (2) The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be thoroughl subbed or s r red with a 1 -: y p } perce~ t minimum h}~pochlorite solution. ' Unless otherwise indicated ilz the Plans, Specifications, and Specific R uirements the Contractor shall furnish all materials and perform the disinfecting, t3ushino, and testing ' as necessary for meeting the water quality requirements. The AV1l'vA, C651 provisions for disinfection of water mains are reproduced for informational purposes as follows: A.1 Tablet ATe`~hod Tablet Method may be used only when scrupulous cleanliness has been ' prcticed to exclude all foreign materials and ground water during pipe installation. If ground wester has entered pipe during pipe installation, the water main shall be flushed and the Chlorine-mater solution method shall ' be used. . ' Placing Calcium H~-~chlor,'te Granules During construction, calcium hypochlorite giznules shat be placed at the ' upsiieam end of the first section of pipe, at the .upstream end of each branch main, and at 500 foot intervals along the mzin. The quantity of granules shall be in accordance with the following table: Ounces of Calcium Hypochlorite Granules t.o be placed at beginning of maLZ and at each 500 foot interval: Pipe Dia. (in.l 4 8 10 12 16 and Ial-ger Calcium H`-pochlorite ra_nules (oz. 0.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 8.0 Placing Ca]cium Hcnochlorite Table At~ch tablets on the top of the mein using an adhesive such as Permatex No. 1, product of Loctite Corp, or equal. Tf tablets are not attach to the top and w2'~er contacts them they will react prior t.o the disinfection period, The table below gives tablets required per pipe size and length to achieve 25 mg/l. Number of 5-g H}~ochlorite Tablets Reouired for Dose of 25 m~/1 Pepe Length of Pipe, feet Diameter, nch 1 or Ies 1$ 24 ~Q 4 1 1 1 1 1 6 1 1 1 2 2 8 1 2 2 3 4 10 2 3 3 4 5 12 3 4 4 6 7 16 4 6 7 10 13 I~Tumber of 5-g tablets = .0012 d2I, d =pipe diameter, inches L =pipe length, feet Based on 3.25 grams (65%) available chlorine per tablet The main shall be filled with water at a rate no greater than Y fps. Precautions shall be taken to assure that air pockets are eliminated, The use of additional curb stops to bleed air through at high points may be necesszry. sp :c-;<s.o~ 39 ... ~~! C CIS Chlorination Residual of 25 mg1I. chlorinated hater shall be retained in the pipe for a minimum of 24 hours, 48 hours when the water temperture is below 41°F. halves and hydrants shall be opert.ed to ensure disinfection. A.2 continuous Few Method Continuous ~ method consists of completely filling the main, removing all. air pockets, flushing t.o remove particulates, then filling the main with potable ~2ter chlorinated sa that after a 24 hour holding period in the main there will be a f~ chlorine residual of not less than 10 mg/L. Flushing velocity shall not be less than 2.5 ;ps, sev tGble below. Required Flamm and Openin gs to Flush -.' Fipelines* (40-psi Residual Pressure in `T~~ater Main) Flchv Required t.o Produce Size of Hydrant Outle`s Pipe 2.5 ~s Tap on Diam. Velocity in Main ~` Main#* Number Size (INS 4 100 15/16 1 2.1/2 6 220 1-3/8 ~ 1 2-1/2 8 390 1-7/8 1 2-1/2 10 610 2-5/16 1 2-1/2 12 880 2-13!16 1 2-1/2 16 1565 3-518 2 2-1/2 ~* With a 40-psi pressure in the main with the hydrant flowing to atmosphere, a . .: 2-I/2-in. hydrant outlet will discharge approximately 1000 gpm and a 4-1/2-in. hydrant nozzle will discharge approximately 2500 gpm. ** Size of tap on main, v,2th no significant length of discharge piping. V~~ter from the existing sys`~em or other approved source shall be made to flow at a constant measured rte in the new main. At a point not much more than 10 feet downstream from beginning the new main, water entering the new main. shall receive a dose of chlorine fed at a constant rate such that the water will have not less than 25 mg/L free chlorine. Measure the chlorine concentration at regular intervals in accordance witl`r ~ Standard Methods, ~ AWWA M12, ~ or using appropriate chlorine test Irits. ~ The following 'Table gives the amount of chlorine required for various pipes: sFSC•;<s.o~ ~..Q. . A.3 Chlorin e Required to produce 25 mg/L Concentrafion in 100 ft of Pipe - by Diameter Pipe 100 1 percen t Diameter Chlorine Chlorine Solutions 4 .013 0.16 6 .030 0.36 8 .054 0.65 10 .085 1.02 12 .120 1.44 16 .217 2.60 1 ~ chlorine solution requires 1 lb, of czlcium hypochlarite in 8 gallons of water. Strong chlorine solution in the main being treated shall not flow into mains in service. The chlorinated water shall be retained in the main for at Ieast 24 hours, during which time all vzlves and hydrants shall. be operated in order to disinfect the appurtenances. At tt-~e end of tre 24 hour period the treated inter in all portions of the main shat have a residual of not less than 10 mglL free chlorine. Preferred equipment for appl}zng liquid chlorine is a solution feed vacuum operated chlorinator ilz combination with a booster pump for injecting the chlorine gas solution water into the main to be disinfected. >=Ju~hin~ 0 A.4 After the appliczble retention period, heavily chlorinated water shall not remain in prolonged contact with the pipe.. Chlorinated water shall be hushed from the main until chlorine concentration is no higher than gerer~lly in the system for domestic Usti. The environment to which the chlorinated water is to be discharged ~ shall be inspected. The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that the receiving area is not damaged by the chlorinated mater and shall use. a reducing agent for neutralization when necessary. Bacteriol~srical Test_g After final gushing and before the water main is placed in service, samples of water shall be collected from the end of the main and each branch line for testing for bacteriological quality in accordance with Standard Methods for the Examination of ~'r~ter and V~astew~ater, and shall show the absence of coliform organisms. Samples shall be at a rate of one per every 1000 feet of pipe. If water in the pipe does not meet the Minnesota Department ' of Health requirements, disinfection procedure shall be repeated until meeting the ~~ n SPEC-i<5.0.'b 41~ 1 requirements. Accept<nce forms from the governing agency shall be fur-ushed t.o the Engineer. ' B. Hvdros~tic Testing of V.~ter Mains Each salved section shall be subjecte3 to the pressure test and, if required, the lealtge ' test. pn~~cribed hereiln. Testing for the two (2) hour duation shall be with hydrants close, and valves. on hydrant Leads and dead end wa'~er lines open. Once this por~on of the test is completed, the v~1ve on the hydrant leads and dead end mater lines shall be ' closed and hydrants opened. The specified test pressure shall be applied, and the test - repeated for IS minutes to es~blish the condition of the hydrant lead ~ralves. ' ~ This shall apply to both the pressure and Ieal~ge test. The Engineer or Owner may require the Contrctor to test the first sxtion of pipe installed to demonstrate the ' Contactors ability to ins ill the pipe in an acceptable manner. When the connection to the existing system is not made with a valve, the Contractor shall test the existing section -~to the first available ~a1ve(s) to de`~erm..ine the condition of the existing sys'~em, or the ' Contractor may male protiisions to test his work separately, prior to connection to the existing system, in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. The Contrctor shall furnish the pump, pipe connections, gauges, and measuring equipment, and shall perform the testing in the presence of the Engin~r. The pressure gauge for the test shall be an Ashcroft Model 1082 with 4-1/2 inch dial ice at 1 psi ' increments. W~,ere permanent air vents are not pra~zded, the Contractor shall provide and install corporation cocks at the high points as needed for release of air as the line is filled with water. ' Vv-here concrete reaction blocking is placed, the v.2ter main shall not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure until at Ieast 5 days have elapsed af~er the concrete placement, with the exception that this period may be reduced to 2 days where high early strength concrete is used. ' At~ the option of the Engineer, the pressure and leakage `pests may be conducted simultaneously. Any defective join`, pipe, fittings, valves, or hydrants, revealed during the testing or before final accep~nce of the work shall be safisfactorily corrected and the ' tests shall be repeated until the speLified requirements have been met. B.l Pressure Test: The section being tested shall be slowly filled with water and the specified test pressure shall be applied after all air has been expelled from the pipe. A hydrostatic pressure of 150 pounds per square inch, gauge pressure, measured at the laNest point of elevation, shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a satisfactory manner. . The gauge pressure shall. be checked after a minimum of two (2) hours. ~ A ' pressure drop of 1 psi or less will be cause to accept the test section. Several attempts must be made to satisfy the Engineer the pressure test will not be t s9=.c.;<s.o~o ~2 successful. If the drop is~ more than 2 psi after these attempts, the Engineer may authorize the Ie:L~ge test In writing for acceptance. Service Pipe may be tested at the time of the foregoing test, if installed, at the Contractor's option. However, testing of service pipes may b~e completed as a separate operation from main testing, and if so, the test pressure shall be 100 p.s.i. Service pipe testing, if done sep:~r-ately, shall be done with the corportion stop open. B.2 ._Lea_ Qe Test: After an unsatisf<ctory pressure test,. and if authorized i1Z writing by the Engine`r a leakage test shall be performed on etch ~ralved section of water main to de`~rmu;e the quantity of ~.2`~er that must be supplied into the section to maintain a test pressure of 150 pounds per square inch,- after the air in the pipeline has be~n expelled and the pipe has bin filled with water. The water added shall be recorded to the nearest fluid ounce. After filling the pipe with mater and expelling all air in the line, a pressure of 150 psi shall be applied in the same maru,er as prescribed for the pressure test, and su~cient v.ater shall be measured and supplied into the pipe section to maintain the pressure for a test duration of two (2) hours. Each pipe section tested will be accepted if the Iea~ge does not exceed the quantity determined by the formula as shown in the table below, based on aZ allowable leakage of 11.65 gpd./milelnominal diameter inch at 150 psi. L=SD,fP 133,200 L =Maximum permissible lease in gallons per hour S =Length of pipe tested D = I~Tominal diameter of pipe in inches P = Aver2ge test pressure during the test, in pounds per square inch, gauge pressure. . ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE PER 1000 FEET OF PIPE GALLONS PER HOUR Avg.Test Pressure Nominal Pipe Diameter - in. psi 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 200 0.43 0.64. 0.85 1.46 1.28 1.48 1.70 1.91 2.12 2.55 175. 0.40 0.59 0.80 0.99 ~ 1'.19 1.39 1.59 1.79 1.98 2.38 150 0.37 0.55 0.74 ~ .0.92 1.10 1.29 1.47 1.66 1.84 2.21 125 0.34 0.50 0.67 0.84 1.01 1.18 1.34 1.51 1.68 2.01 100 0.30 0.45 0.60 0.75. 0.90 1.05 1.20 1.35 1.50 1.80 70 0.25 0.38 0.50 0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 I.13 1.26 1.51 7 i J J 0 n sFrc-;~s.av 43 i C C ~ ~. C If the pipe sxtion under test contains pipe of ti2sious diameters, the allou~ble leakage will be the sun of the computed lease for each size. When requested, the Contractor shall furnish a w7itten report of the results of lea~,ge tests, which shall identify the spe~ci~c test section, the average pressure, the durtion of test, and the amount of Ieakse. Electr,'c,~1 Conducti~~ty Test T3-,e Contrctor shall perform a conductivity test within one week a.f,.er completion of pressure testing of the main on all il-on pipe water mains. The Engineer or oamer may re;;uire the Contrctor fe test the first section of pipe installed to demonstrte the Contractors ability to install the pipe Lz an acceptable - manner. When the connection t.o the existing system is not made with a ~~~Ive, the Contrctor shall test the existing section to the first available valve(s) to determine the ~• condition of the existing system, or the Contractor may make provisions to test his work . separately, prior to connection to the existing system, in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. • The system (pipeLne, valves, • fittings and hydrznts) shall be tested for electrical continuity and current czpacity. The electrical test shall be made of%er the hydrostatic pressure test and while the line is at normal opening pressure. Backfilling shall have ' been completed. The line may be tested in sections of convenient length as approved by the Engineer. ~i r Direct current of 350 amperes plus or minus 10 0, shall be passed through the pipeline for 5 minutes. Current t3ow through the pipe shall be measured continuously on a suitable ammeter and shall remaLZ steady without interruption or fluctuation throughout _ the 5-minute test period. Insu~cient current or intermittent current or arcing, indicated by Ia ~e fluctuation of the ammeter netidle, shall be evidence of defective contGct in the pipeline. The cause shall be isolated and corrected, Thereaf~er, the section L1 which the defective test occurred shall be retested as a unit and shall meet the requirements. Sources of D. C. for these tests may be motor generators, arc welding machines, or other approved sources. All such equipment shall be furnished by the Contrctor. Cables from the power source to the section of system under test should be of sufficient size to carry the test current without overheating or excessive voltage drop. I~Tote: After the test, the hydrant shall be shut off and a cap loosened to allow hydrant drainage. Tighten czp after. drainage. C D. QperationalInspection At the completion of the project and ill the presence of the Engineer and the Contrctor, representatives of the Owner shall operate all valves, hydrants, and water services to ascert2in that the entire t<cility is in good v,x~rldng order; that all valve bones are centered and valves are opened; that all hydrants operate and drip properly; that all curb bones are plumb and centered; and that ~a`~er is available at all curb stops. _.5. METHOD OF MEASUREA~'~1T A. V~termain ~Vaterrriain of each type and diameter shall be measured s.epartely in linear feet. Measurements shall be made along the pipe centerline without deductions in length for fittings, vzlves and other specials. Lengths of branches shall be measured from the centers of connecting pipes to centers of salves or fittings. In the case of hydrant leads, the compensation lengtl'~ shall be from the center of the connecting main to the center of the ~~alve. All length shall be measured in a horizontal plane unless the grade of the pipe exceeds fift~n percent. B. Valves C. D. valves of each kind and size shall be measured separately as complete units including the valve box setting. Hydrant 1~-~th Valve Hydrant with valve shall be measured on a per unit basis. The unit includes hydrant, 6" valve and salve box, 6" pipe between valve and hydrant, crushed rock, and blocking or r~sir..ining devices. FSttinFs Fittings shall be measured on a pound basis of standard weight of fit`~ings as published in AWVJA C110 excluding the weight of glands, gaskets, bolts or other accessories. If the Contrctor chooses to uce compact ductile iron fittings, AV1V1A C153, measurement compensation for material price and weight differences shall be per AWWA C110. The fitting weights for payment purposes are provided in the following t<ble: 0 u u u 0 u saEC•7t5.0:~ 45 DUCTILE-IRON & GRAY IRON MECHANICAL-7OINT FITTINGS Yreight in Pounds per A~~r~'A. C110 Ben d s tMJ- MJl °tQ 4~ 22-1/2 11-1/4 ]eve Caps Plugs 4" 55 50 50 50 35 15 15 6" 85 75 75 75 45 25 25 8" 125 110 IIO 110 65 45 45 10" 180 155 160 160 85 60 65 12" 255 Zi5 220 220 110 80 85 14" 340 270 275 275 165 130 120 16" 430 340 345 345 200 175 ISS 18" 545 420 430 430 240 225 220 20" 680 530 535 540 275 285 255 24" 1025 755 765 770 360 400 390 Reducers (MJ-Mn X4 X6 • X 8 X 10 X 12 X 14 X 16 X 18 X20 8" 80 95 - _ _ _ _ 10" 105 115 135 - _ _ _ _ _ 12" 135 150 165 I90 - _ _ 14" - 190 210 230 255 - - 16" - 230 250 280 305 335 - - 18" - - 295 325 350 380 415 - 20" - - - 375 405 430 470 510 24" - - - - SSO 575 615 660 705 Tees (211 Mn X4 X6 X8 X10 X12 X14 X16 X18 X20 X24 ~- 6" 115 125 - _ _ _ - 8" 165 175 185 - _ _ _- - - 10" 235 250 260 310 - - - _ _ 12" 315 325 340 390 410 - _ _ 14" - 435 450 465 540 585 16" - 540 550 570 590 710 740 - I8" - 590 605 620 640 755 905 945 - 20" - 725 735 755 775 795 945 1140 1185 - 24" - 985 1000 1020 1030 1055 1075 1400 1720 1815 46 Crosses ~~ ~ 6" 8» 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24" X4 X~ 140 160 189 205. 260 285 340 -.360 - 475 - 575 - 625 - 760 - 1025 X$ Xl_Q X12 X14 X1C X1.$ ~ X24 235 - 310 380 385 460 495 500 540 630 605 645 685 655 685 725 790 820 860 1445 1085 1110 710. - - - _ 830 895 - - - 870 1060 1130 - - 905 1085 1330 1415 - I155 1200 1590. 1965 2155 E. Granular Material Granular material used ~ specified shall be measured on a per ton basis. Weight slips shall be r eqL' iced. F. Boring Borings shall be measured i1Z linear feet as specified on the plans or approved by the Engineer. The water main carver pipe shall be measured under the water main item. G. Water Service Connection Voter service connections shall be measured on a unit basis for each size and type. The connection shall include the corporation stop, tapping saddle where required, curb stop, and curb box. H. Service Lines Service lines shall be measured isZ lineal feet horizontally from the centerline of the water main . ~ to the end of the service line.. Separa`~e measurements shall be made for each size of service line required. . I. Insulation Insulation shall be measured by the square foot for the specified thickness. J. Raise Valve Box Raising valve boxes for the final lift of bituminous paving shall be measured per each. s~rc.;<s.om 47 ' 6. BASIS OF PAYh~Nr A. VtGier Main ~~ter main shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot for each type and diameter. ' Payment for the ezc~--~-adon and backfilling of the tiznch shall be incIude~d in the payment for the water main and testing, as well as any requi-~i de~2tering, sh~ting or shoring for wl-~ich separte payment is not prrh-ided. ' B. Valve ' Valves of each type and size shall be paid for at the unit contract price per each, including installation, valve box and adjustment of the salve box. ' C. Hvdrant with Valve Hydrant with ~zlve shall be paid for at the unit contract price per each including .installing ' hydrant, connecting piece of pipe (between salve and hydrant), salve, salve box, concrete base, coarse gavel and blocking. D. Fittings Fittings shall be paid for at the unit contrct price per pound including installation and blocking. E. Granular Material Granular material shall be paid for at the contract unit price per ton based on weight tickets collected at the project site. The price shall include all costs for delivery, placement and compaction. ' F Bonn Borings shall be paid for at the contrct unit price per linear foot of boring for each type and size of casing pipe specified, The payment per linear foot shall include the payment for ' furnishing and installing the casing pipe. The water main tamer pipe shall be paid for under the appropriate bid item. ' G. Water Service Connection Vrater service connection shall be paid for at the contrct unit price per each type and size ' including corporation stop, curb stop, curb box and upping saddle where required: H. Service Lines ' Service lines shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot for each type and size of service line instalIe~d. SFEC•7:5.0~0 4 g STANDARD UTILITIES SPECIFICATIONS FOR Watermain and Service Line Installation and Sanitary Sewer and Storm Sewer Installation Revised, 1988 Published By CITY ENGINEERS ASSOCIATION OF MINNESOTA In Cooperation With Associated General Contractors, Inc. Consulting Engineers Council of Minnesota Minnesota Public Works Association Minnesota Society of Professional Engineers Minnesota Underground Contractors Association CONTENTS ~I ill u r n i PART I STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATERMAIN AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION - 2611 2611.1 Description ...................................... 1 2611.2 Materials ........................................ 2 A. Water Pipe Materials ................................ 2 B. Fire Hydrants ....................................... 3 C. Valves and Valve Housings ........................... 4 D. Water Service Pipe and Fittings .................. .. 6 E. Polyethylene Encasement Material ..................... 7 F. Mortar .............................................. 7 G. Concrete .......................................... 7 H. Granular Materials .................................. 7 I. Piling .............................................. 9 J. Insulation ........................................... 9 2611.3 Construction Requirements ........................ 9 A. General Provisions ................................... 9 B. Excavation and Preparation of Trench .................14 C. Installation of Pipe and F~ings ...................20 D. Connection and Assembly ints .......... ........25 E. Water Service Installa .........................27 F. Setting Valves, Hydr~~~ Fittings & Specials........30 G. Disinfection of Wa r~dins ..........................31 H. Electrical Condu i~ity Test ........................32 I. Hydrostatic T ~ of Watermains ...................33 J. Pipeline Backfling Operations • ....................35 K. Restoration of Surface Improvements •.....•••........36 L. Maintenance and Final Cleanup .......................38 M. Operational Inspection•...• ..........................39 2611.4 Method of Measurement ............................39 A. Water Pipe ..........................................40 B. Valves ..............................................40 C. Corporation Stops ...................................40 D. Curb Stops ...........................................40 E. Hydrants ............................................40 F. Air Vents ...........................................40 G. Rearrangement of Inplace Facilities .................40 H. Polyethylene Gray Iron Fittings .....................41 I. Ductile and Gray Iron Fittings ......................41 J. Access Structures ...................................41 K. Granular Materials ..................................41 L. Piling ..............................................41 M. Insulation ..........................................41 2611.5 Basis of Payment .................................42 - iii - ' PART II STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER AND STORM SEWER INSTALLATION - 2621 2621.1 Description ' 2621 2 M t i l . a er a s A. Sewer Pipe and Service Line Materials ' B. Metal Sewer Castings C. Precase Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin D. Concrete E. Mortar ' F. Granular Materials G. Piling H. Insulation 2621..3 Construction Requirements A. General Provisions B. Excavation and Preparation of Trench C. Installation of Pipe and Fittings ' D. Appurtenance Installations E. Sewer Service Installations F. Manhole and Catch Basin Structures G. Reconnecting Existing Facilities H. Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing I. Pipeline Backfilling Operations ' J. K. Restoration of Surface Improvements Maintenance and Final Cleanup L. Deflection Test M. Televising 2621.4 Method of Measurement ' A. Sewer Pipe B. Manholes C. Catch Basins D. Outside Drop Connection ' E. Service Connection F. .Service Pipe ' G. H. Special Pipe Fittings Appurtenant Items I. Granular Materials J. Piling ' K. Insulation ' 2621.5 Basis of Payment ' - iv - 2621.1 DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of the construction of pipe sewers utilizing plant fabricated pipe and other appurtenant materials, installed for conveyance of sewage, industrial wastes, or storm water. The work includes construction of manhole and catch basin structures and other related items as specified. Use of the term "Plans,, Specifications, and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these specifications and are accepted as an enforceable component of the Contract or Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction, as modified by any MnDOT Supplemental Specifications issued before the date of advertisement for bids. All references to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement for bids. 2621.2 MATERIALS All materials required for this work shall be new material conforming to requirements of the referenced specifications for the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated in the Contract. Unless otherwise indicated, all required materials shall be furnished by the Contractor. If any options are provided for, as to type, grade, or design of the material, the choice shall be limited as may be stipulated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details as it deems desirable for maintaining adopted standards. At the request of the Engineer,-the Contractor shall submit in writing a list of materials and suppliers for approval. Suppliers shall submit a Certificate of Compliance that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specifications. A Sewer Pipe and Service Line Materials All pipe furnished for main sewer and sewer line installations shall be of the type, kind, size and class indicated for each particular line segment as shown in the Plans and designated in the Contract Items. [nTherever - 44 - 0 u 0 u n C~ I'~ u ' connection of dissimilar materials or designs is required, the method of joining and any special fittings employed ' shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. ' Al Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings Vitrified clay extra strength pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C-700 for the size and ' type and class specified, subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1) Unless otherwise specified, the pipe and fittings ' shall be non-perforated, full circular type, either glazed or unglazed. ' (2) All pipe- and fittings manufactured with bell-and- spigot ends shall be furnished with factory fabricated compression joints conforming to the requirements of ASTM C-425. (3) In lieu of the bell-and-spigot jointing requirements, the pipe and fittings may be furnished with plain ' ends, in which case the jointing shall be by means of t s compression couplings conforming to the requiremen of ASTM C-425, Type B. ' (4) All clay pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, plugs, etc.) shall be of the same pipe class and joint design ' as the pipe to which they are to be attached. (5) Pipe and fittings manufactured to the standards of AASHTO M-65 may be accepted by prior approval of the ' Engineer. ' A2 Plastic Truss Pipe and Fittings Plastic truss pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D-2680, Acrylonitrile-Butadiene- Styrene (ABS) Composite Pipe, and Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) ' pipe, 8 inch through 15 inch diameter and joint type specified, subject to the following supplementary pro- ' visions: (1) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe joints and fittings connections shall be gasket seal joints, ' assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Solvent cemented joints, assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, shall be provided only where specifically indicated in the Plans, Specifications, ' and Special Provisions. ' - 45 - 0 (2) All factory cut pipe ends shall be sealed at the plant or in the field with suspended ABS joint cement. (3) The spigot end of each pipe section shall be provided ' with suitable marking or gasket stop to indicate full closure of the assembled joints. (4) Unless otherwise specified, the pipe shall be fur- ' nished with coupling factory-attached to one end of each pipe section. Tee and wye fittings may be ' furnished separately for field installation. A3 Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pipe and Fittings , The pipe and fittings furnished shall be of the .Ductile Iron or Gray Iron type as specified for each particular use ' or installation. When Gray Iron is specified, either type may be furnished. Gray Iron may not be substituted for Ductile Iron unless specifically authorized in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A-21.51 (Ductile Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand-Lined Molds). Gray iron pipe shall conform , to the requirements of ANSI A-21.6 (Cast Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds) or to the requirements of ANSI A-21.8 (Cast Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in ' Sand-Lined Molds). In addition, the pipe shall comply with the following supplementary provisions: (1) Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A-21.10 (Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings) or ANSI A-21.53 (Ductile Iron Compact Fittings) for the joint type specified. ' (2) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be furnished with cement mortar lining meeting the requirements of ANSI A-21.4 for standard thickness lining. All exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings shall have an asphaltic coating at least one mil thick. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating adhesion, shall be cause for rejection. A4 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings Reinforced concrete pipe, fittings and .specials shall conform with the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3236 (Reinforced Concrete Pipe) for the type, size, and strength class specified, subject to the following supplementary provisions: ' - 46 - (1) All branch fittings such as tees, wyes, etc. shall be cast as integral parts of the pipe. All fittings and specials shall be of the same strength class as the pipe to which they are attached. ' (2) When flexible watertight joints are specified, joints shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-361. (3) Lift holes will not be permitted unless specifically authorized in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. A5 Corrugated Steel Pipe and Fittings Corrugated steel pipe and fittings shall conform to the ' requirements of MnDOT Specification 3226 (Corrugated Steel Pipe) for the type, size and sheet thickness specified, subject to the following supplementary provision: (1) When specifically provided for in the Plans, Specifi- cations, and Special Provisions, the galvanized steel pipe and fittings shall be furnished with special ' aramid fiber bonded, bituminous, or plastic coating or concrete lining as required. A6 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings Smooth walled polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall ' conform with the requirements of ASTM D-3034 for the size, standard dimension ratio (SDR), and strength requirements indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special ' Provisions. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive soils or corrosive substances in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D-543. ' (1) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be SDR 35 and connections shall be push-on with elastomeric gasketed joints which are bonded to the ' inner wall of the gasket recess of the bell socket. Corrugated polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings with ' smooth interior shall conform with the requirements of ASTM F-949 for the size and wall thickness indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. ' (1) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be push-on with snug fit elastomeric joints meeting tightness requirements of ASTM 3212. 0 - 47 - A7 Cast Iron Soil Pipe Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, cast iron pipe shall be service weight pipe meeting the requirements of ASTM A-74 and the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified, pipe joints shall be push-on, sealed with elastomeric gaskets. A8 Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene Pipe Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) solid wall pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D-2751 for 4 inch and 6 inch diameter and joint type specified, subject to the following supplementary provi- sions: (1) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe joints and fitting connections shall be gasket seal joints, assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Solvent cemented joints, assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, shall be provided only where specifically indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. B Metal Sewer Castings Metal castings for sewer structures such as manhole frames and covers, catch basin frames, grates and curb boxes, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A-48 (Gray Iron Castings), subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1) Casting assemblies or dimensions, details, weights, and class shall be as indicated in the detailed drawings for the design designation specified. Unless otherwise specified, the castings shall be Class 30 or better. (2) Lid-to-frame surfaces on round casting assemblies shall be machine milled to provide true bearing around the entire circumference. (3) Casting weight shall be not less than 95 percent of theoretical weight for a unit cast to exact dimen- sions, based on 442 pounds per cubic foot. (4) A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of castings stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification requirements. - 48 - LJ~ C! r n 7 7 [] ii u u ' (5) Unless otherwise specified, sanitary sewer manholes in areas subject to flooding by surface water shall have self-sealing lids and recessed pick holes. (6) Unless otherwise specified, sanitary sewer manhole ' lids shall have recessed pick holes. C .Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin Sections ' Precast concrete riser sections and appurtenant units (grade rings, top and base slabs, special sections, etc.) ' used in the construction of manhole and catch basin structures, shall conform with the requirements of ASTM C-478, subject to the following supplementary provisions. ' (1) The precast sections and appurtenant units shall conform to all requirements as shown on the detailed drawings. ' (2) Joints of manhole riser sections shall be tongue and groove with rubber "O" ring joints provided on sanitary sewer manholes. Sanitary sewer inlet and ' outlet pipes shall be joined to the manhole with a gasketed, flexible, watertight connection or any watertight connection arrangement that allows differ- ' ential settlement of the pipe and manhole wall to take place. ' (3) Air-entrained concrete shall be used in the production of all units. Air content shall be maintained within the range of 5 to 7 percent. ' (4) A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of precast manhole and catch basin sections stating that the materials furnished have ' been tested and are in compliance with .the specifica- tion requirements. ' (5) Lift holes will not be permitted in precast manholes. D Concrete t Concrete for cast-in-place masonry construction shall be produced and furnished in accordance with the requirements ' of MnDOT Specification 2461 for the mix designation indicated in .the Plans. The requirements for Grade B concrete shall be met where a higher grade is not specified. Type 3 (air-entrained) concrete shall be ' furnished and used in all structures having weather exposure. ' - 49 - E Mortar Mortar for use in masonry construction shall be an air-entrained mixture of one part Portland cement and three parts mortar sand, with sufficient water to produce proper consistency, and with sufficient air-entrained agent added to maintain an air content within the range of 7 to 10 percent. Mortar shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-270. F Granular Materials Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, encasement, backfill, or other purposes as may be specified shall consist of any natural or synthetic mineral aggregate such as sand, gravel, crushed rock, crushed stone, or slag, that shall be so graded as to meet the gradation requirements specified herein for each particular use. F1 Granular Material Gradation Classifications 0 u ii 7 Granular materials furnished for use in Foundation, Bedding, Encasement, or Backfill construction shall conform to the following requirements: Percent Passing Sieve Size Foundation Material Use Designation Bedding Encasement Backfill 3 Inch 2 Inch 100 1 Inch 100 100 100 t 3/4 Inch 85-100 90-100 90-100 3/8 Inch 30- 60 50- 90 50- 90 No. 4 0- 10 35- 80 35- 80 35-100 ' No. 10 20- 65 20- 65 20-100 No. 40 0- 35 0- 35 0- 35 No. 200 0- 10 0- 10 0- 10 ' NOTE: Granular foundation, bedding and encasement material provi- ded for plastic pipe and fittings shall me et the require- ments of ASTM 2321, Class I, II or III m aterials or the requirements provided above if the Engineer authorized such substitution. F2 Granular Material Use Designations Granular materials provided for Foundation, Bedding, Encasement, or Backfill use as required by the Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions, either as part of the pipe item work unit or as a separate Contract Item, ' shall be classified as to use in accordance with the following: - 50 - ' ' M i l U D t i ti a er a se es gna on Zone Designation Granular Foundation ----- --- Placed below the bottom of pipe ' grade as replacement for unsuit- able or unstable soils, to achieve better foundation support. ' Granular Bedding -------- --- Placed below the pipe midpoint, prior to pipe installation, to facilitate proper shaping and to ' achieve uniform pipe support. Granular Encasement ----- --- Placed below an elevation one foot above the top of pipe, after pipe ' installation, for protection of the pipe and to assure proper filling of voids or thorough ' consolidation of backfill. Granular Backfill ------- --- .Placed below the surface base course, cif any, as the second ' stage of backfill, to minimize trench settlement and provide support for surface improvements. ' In each case above, unless otherwise indicated, the lower limits of any particular zone shall be the top surface of the next lower course as constructed. The upper limits of each zone are established to define variable needs for material gradation and compaction or void content, taking into consideration the sequence of con- ' struction and other conditions. The material use and zone designations described above shall only serve to fulfill the objectives and shall not be construed to restrict the ' use of any particular material in other zones where the gradation requirements are met. ' G Piling Piling shall be constructed in accordance with provi- sions of MnDOT Specification 2452. H Insulation ' Main insulation shall be extruded rigid board material having a thermal conductivity of 0.23 BTU/hour/square foot/degree Fahrenheit/per inch thickness, maximum, at 40°F ' mean, a compressive strength of 35 psi minimum, and water absorption of 0.25 percent by volume maximum. ' Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, board dimensions shall measure 8' long, 2' or 4' wide, and 1" or 1?" thick. ' - 51 - 2621.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A General Provisions Al Maintenance of Traffic Whenever work interferes with the flow of traffic along a roadway, the Contractor shall provide for traffic control and signing and public safety in accordance with the provisions of Appendix B of the Minnesota Manual of Uniform Traffic Control devices and MnDOT Specifications 1404 and 1710, and the Special Provisions. Neither road closures nor detours shall be permitted unless specified in the Special Provisions or authorized by the Engineer. Where road closures or detours are permitted by the Engineer, the Engineer shall determine the appropriate agencies, boards, or departments the Contractor must notify prior to taking the action and. the proper advance notice to be provided to each body. Compliance with this requirement shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of notifying agencies or institutions whose services may be predicated upon a roadway being opened to traffic or whose services would be hindered if a roadway is closed to traffic. Such agencies or institutions shall include, but not be limited to, the police department, the fire department, municipal bus service, school bus service, and ambulance service. The Contractor shall keep the required agencies informed of changing traffic patterns and detour situations. A2 Establishing Line and Grade In locations where the sewer is in direct conflict with existing watermain and water services, the watermain and water services shall be lowered to provide at least 18 inches of vertical distance between the top of the watermain or service and the bottom of the sanitary sewer or relocated in accordance with Plans. When local conditions prevent a vertical separation as described, the following construction shall be used.: a vertical separation of at least 18 inches between the bottom of the sewer and the top of the watermain; adequate structural support for the sewers to prevent excessive deflection of joints. and settling on and breaking of the watermains; that the length of water pipe be centered at the point of crossing so that the joints will be equidistant and as far as possible from the sewer. - 52 - I~ L i i 7 0 L L u J Watermains shall be laid at least 10 feet horizontally from any sanitary sewer, storm sewer or sewer manhole, whenever possible. When local conditions prevent a horizon- tal separation of 10 feet, a watermain may be laid closer to a storm or sanitary sewer provided that: (1) The bottom of the watermain is at least 18 inches above the top of the sewer; (2) Where this vertical separation cannot be obtained, the sewer shall be constructed of materials and with joints that are equivalent to watermain standards of construction and shall be pressure tested to assure water tightness prior to backfilling. The primary line and grade will be established by the Engineer. For trench installation, line and grade stakes will be set parallel to the proposed pipeline at an appropriate offset therefrom as will best serve the Contractor's operations wherever practical. For tunnel installation, line and grade stakes will be set directly above the proposed pipeline setting. Grade and line stakes will be set at 25-foot intervals along the pipeline; at each change in line or grade, and as needed for pipeline appurtenances. The Contractor shall arrange operations to avoid unnecessary interference with the establishment of the ' primary line and grade stakes, and shall render whatever assistance may be required by the Engineer in accomplishing ' the staking. The Contractor shall be responsible for preservation of the primary stakes and if ne li ent in , ,. g g providing necessary protection, shall bear the full cost of any restaking. ' Th e Contractor shall be solely responsible for the correct transfer of the primary line and grade to all working points and for construction of the work to the .prescribed lines and grades as established by the Engineer. Following construction of a work shaft on tunnel installa- tions, .the line and grade shall be transferred down the ' shaft and be projected into and throughout the length of each tunnel heading. ' A3 Protection of Surface Structures All surface structures and features located outside the ' permissible excavation limits for underground installa- tions, together with those within the construction areas which are indicated in the Plans as being saved, shall be ' properly protected against damage and shall not be disturbed or removed without approval of the Engineer. ' - 53 - Within the construction limits, as required, the removal of improvements such as paving, curbing, walks, turf, etc., shall be subject to acceptable replacement after completion of underground work, with all expense of removal and replacement being borne by the Contractor to the extent that separate compensation is not specifically provided for in the Contract. Obstructions such as street signs, guard posts, small culverts, and other items of prefabricated construction may be temporarily removed during construction, provided that essential service is maintained in a relocated setting as approved by the Engineer and that nonessential items are properly stored for the duration of construction. Upon completion of the underground work, all such items shall be replaced in their proper setting at the sole expense of the Contractor. In the event of damage to any surface improvements, either privately or publicly owned, in the absence of construction necessity, the Contractor will be required to replace or repair the damaged property to the satisfaction of the Engineer and without cost to the Owner. A4 Interference of Underground Structures When any underground structure interferes with the planned placement of the pipeline or appurtenances to such an extent that alterations in the work are necessary to eliminate the conflict or avoid endangering effects on either the existing or proposed facilities, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner of the affected structure. When any existing facilities are endangered by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall cease work at the site and take such precautions as may be necessary to protect the inplace structures until a decision is made as to how the conflict will be resolved. Without specific authorization from the Engineer, no essential utility service shall be disrupted, nor shall any change be .made in either the existing .structures or the planned installations to overcome the interference. Altera- tions in existing facilities will be allowed only to the extent that service will not be curtailed unavoidably and then only when the encroachment or relocation will satisfy all applicable regulations and conditions. Wherever alterations are required as a result of unforeseen underground interferences not due to any fault or negligence of the Contractor, the Engineer will issue a written order covering any additional or extra work involved and specifying the revised basis of payment, if - 54 - 7 u i C u 7 L L 0 u CII' 1 ii n n any. Any alterations made strictly for the convenience of the Contractor shall be subject to prior approval and shall be at the Contractor's expense. No extra compensation will be allowed for delays caused by the interference of underground structures. A5 Removal of Surface Improvements Removal of surface improvements in connection with trench excavation shall be limited to actual needs for installation of the pipeline and appurtenances, based on the allowable trench widths and any other controls imposed in connection with the work. Removal operations shall be coordinated effectively with the excavation and installa- tion operations as will cause the least practical disrup- tion of traffic or inconvenience to the public. The debris resulting from removals shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by the Contractor. Removed .debris shall not be deposited at locations that will block access to fire hydrants, private driveways, or other essential service .areas, nor obstruct surface drainage.. Removal and final disposal of debris shall be accomplished as a single operation wherever possible and, in any event, the debris shall be removed from the site before starting the excavating operations. Removal of concrete or bituminous structures shall be by methods of producing clean-cut breakage to prescored lines as will preserve the remaining structure without damage. Removal equipment shall not be operated in a manner that will cause damage to the remaining structure or adjoining property. Vdhere not removed to an existing joint, concrete structures shall be sawed along the break lines to a minimum depth of one-third of the structure depth. Any reusable materials generated during the work, such as .aggregate, sod, or topsoil, shall be segregated from other. waste materials and be stockpiled so as to maintain suitability and permit proper reuse. The use of drop weight equipment for breaking pavement will be allowed to the extent that the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damages caused thereby. The pavement breaking operations shall not be allowed to become a nuisance to the public or a source of damage to underground or adjacent structures. The Engineer reserves the right to order discontinuance of drop weight breaking operations at any time. - 55 - A6 Temporary Service Measures While any open excavations are maintained, the Contrac- tor shall have available a supply of steel plates suitable for temporary bridging of open trench sections where either vehicular or pedestrian traffic must be maintained. Use of the plates shall be as directed or approved by the Engineer and where installed they shall be secured against possible displacement and be replaced with the permanent structure as soon as possible. B Excavation and Preparation of Trench B1 Operational Limitations and Requirements Excavating operations shall proceed only so far in advance of pipe laying as will satisfy the needs for coordination of work and permit advance verification of unobstructed line and grade as planned. Where interference with existing structures is possible or in any way indicated, and where necessary to establish elevation or direction for connections to inplace structures, the excavating shall be done at those locations in advance of the main operation so actual conditions will be exposed in sufficient time to make adjustments without resorting to extra work or unnecessary delay. All installations shall be accomplished by open trench construction except for short tunnel sections approved by the Engineer and with the exception that boring and jacking or tunnel construction methods shall be employed where so specifically required by the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Installation of pipe through tunnel excavations will be allowed only where the surface structure can be properly supported and the backfill restored to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The excavating operations shall be conducted so as to carefully expose all inplace underground structures without damage. Wherever the excavation extends under or approaches so close to an existing structure as to endanger it in any way, precautions and protective measures shall be taken as necessary to preserve the structure and provide temporary support. Hand methods of excavating shall be utilized to probe for and expose such critical or hazardous installa- tions as gas pipe and power or communication cables. The Engineer shall be notified of any need for blasting to remove materials which cannot be broken up mechanically, and there shall be no blasting operations conducted until the Engineer's approval has been secured. Blasting will be allowed only when. proper precautions are taken to protect - 56 - J u u u L ' life d a an property, nd then shall be restricted as the Engineer directs. The Contractor shall assume full respon- sibility for any damages caused by blasting, regardless of ' the requirements for notification and approval. The Contractor shall secure any required permits for blasting and shall conduct blasting operations in conformance with ' all applicable state and local laws, regulations and ordinances. ' B2 Classifi ti d ca on an Disposition of Materials Excavated materials will be classified for payment only ' to the extent that the removal of materials classified by the Engineer as Rock will be paid for separately from other unclassified materials, either as a separate Contract Item or as an Extra Work Item when no bid price is applicable. ' No other materials encountered in the excavations, with the exception of items classified for payment as structure ' removals, will be considered as Unclassified Excavation, and unless otherwise specified in th Pl e ans, Specifi- cations, and Special Provisions, no additional compensation shall be provided for their removal. Unclassified materials ' shall include muck, rubble, wood debris, and boulder stone, masonry or concrete fragments less than one cubic yard in volume, together with other miscellaneous matter that can ' be removed effectively with power operated excavators without ti resor ng to drilling and blasting. Rock excavation shall be defined to include all hard, ' solid rock in ledge formation, bedded deposits and unstratified masses; all natural conglomerate deposits so firmly cemented as to present all the characteristics of ' solid rock; and any boulder stone, masonry or concrete fragments exceeding one cubic yard in volume. Materials such as shale, hard pan, soft or disintegrated rock which ' can be dislodged with a hand pick or removed with a power operated excavator will not be classified as Rock Excava- tion. ' Excavated materials will be classified for reuse as being either Suitable or Unsuitable for backfill or other specified use, subject to selective controls. All suitable materials shall be reserved for backfill to the extent needed, and any surplus remaining shall be utilized for other construction on the project as may be specified or ' ordered by the Engineer. To the extent practicable, granular materials and topsoil shall be segregated from other materials during the excavating and stockpiling operations so as to permit best use of the available materials at the time of backfilling. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, .and Special Provisions, material handling as described above shall be ' - 57 - considered incidental with no additional compensation provided therefor. All excavated materials reserved for backfill or other use on the project shall be stored at locations approved by the Engineer that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to public travel, adjacent properties, and other special interests. The material shall not be deposited so close to the edges of the excavations as would create hazardous conditions, nor shall any material be placed so as to block the access to emergency services. All materials considered unsuitable by the Engineer, for any use on the project, shall be immediately removed from the project and be disposed of as arranged by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Contract. B3 Excavation Limitations and Requirements Trench excavating shall be to a depth that will permit preparation of the .foundation as specified and installation of the pipeline and appurtenances at the prescribed line and grade, except where alterations are specifically authorized. Trench widths shall be sufficient to permit the pipe to be laid and joined properly and the backfill to be placed and compacted as specified. Extra width shall be provided as necessary to permit convenient placement of sheeting and shoring and to accommodate placement of appurtenances. Excavations shall be extended below the bottom of structure as necessary to accommodate any required Granular Foundation material. When rock or unstable foundation materials are encountered at the established grade, additional materials shall be removed as specified or ordered by the Engineer to produce an acceptable founda- tion. Unless otherwise indicated or directed, rock shall be removed to an elevation at least six inches below the bottom surface of the pipe barrel and below the lowest projection of joint hubs. All excavations below grade shall be to a minimum width to the outside pipe diameter plus two feet. Rock shall be removed to such additional horizontal dimensions as will provide a minimum clearance of six inches on all sides of appurtenant structures such as valves, housings, access structures, etc. Where no other grade controls are indicated or esta- blished for the pipeline, the excavating and foundation preparations shall be such as to provide a minimum cover over the top of the pipe as specified. Trench widths shall allow for at least six inches of clearance on each side of the joint hubs. The maximum allowable width of the trench - 58 - n n C L 7 u n n n 1 ' at the top of pipe level shall be the outside diameter of the pipe plus two feet, subject to the considerations for alternate pipe loading set forth below. The width of the trench at the ground surface shall be held to a minimum to prevent unnecessary destruction of the surface structures. ' The maximum allowable trench width at the level of the top of pipe may be exceeded only by .approval of the Engineer,- after consideration of pipe strength and loading relationships. Any alternate proposals made by the Contrac- tor shall be in writing, giving the pertinent soil weight data and proposed pipe strength alternate, at least seven days prior to the desired date of decision. Approval of ' alternate pipe designs shall be with the understanding that there will be no extra compensation allowed for any increase in material or construction costs. If the tr n h i t e c s excava ed to a greater width than that authorized, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to provide a higher class of bedding and/or a higher strength pipe than that required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions in order to satisfy design requirements, without additional compensation therefor. B4 Sheeting and Bracing Excavations All excavations shall be sheeted, shored, and braced as will meet all requirements of the applicable safety codes and regulations; comply with any specific requirements of ' the Contract; and prevent disturbance or settlement of adjacent surfaces, foundations, structures, utilities, and other properties. Any damage to the work under contract or to adjacent structures or property caused by settlement., water or earth pressures slides cave-ins th , , , or o er causes due to failure or lack of sheeting, shoring, or bracing or through negligence or fault of the Contractor in any manner, shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense and without delay. ' Where conditions warrant extreme care, the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions may require special precautions to protect life or property, or the Engineer may order the installation of sheet piling of the ' interlocking type or direct that other safety measures be taken as deemed necessary. Failure of the Engineer to order correction of improper or inadequate sheeting, shoring, or ' bracing shall not relieve the Contractor's responsibilities for protection of life, property, and the work. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for ' proper and adequate placement of sheeting, shoring, and J ' - 59 - bracing,- wherever and to such depths that soil stability may dictate the need for support to prevent displacement. Bracing shall be so arranged as to provide ample working space and so as not to place stress or strain on the inplace structures to any extent that may cause damage. Sheeting, shoring and bracing materials shall be removed only when and in such manner as will assure adequate protection of the inplace structures and prevent displace- ment of supported grounds. Sheeting and bracing shall be left in place only as required by the Plans, Specifica- tions, and Special Provisions or ordered by the Engineer. Otherwise, sheeting and bracing may be removed as the backfilling reaches the level of respective support. Wherever sheeting and bracing is left in place, the upper portions shall be cut and removed to an elevation of three feet or more below the established surface grade as the Engineer may direct. R11 costs of furnishing, placing, and removing sheeting, shoring, and bracing materials, including the value of materials left in place as required by the Contract, shall be included in the prices bid for pipe installation and will not be compensated for separately. When any sheeting, shoring, or bracing materials are left in place by written order of the Engineer, in the absence of specific requirements of the Contract to do so, payment will be made for those materials as an Extra Work Item, including waste material resulting from upper cut-off requirements. B5 Preparation and Maintenance of Foundations Foundation preparations shall be conducted as necessary to produce a stable foundation and provide continuous and uniform pipe bearing between bell holes. The initial excavating or backfilling operations shall produce a subgrade level slightly above finished grade as will permit hand shaping to finished grade by trimming of high spots and without the need for filling of low spots to grade. Final subgrade preparations shall be such as to produce a finished grade at the centerline of the pipe that is within 0.03 foot of a straight line between pipe joints and to provide bell hole excavation at each joint as will permit proper joining of pipe and fittings. In excavations made below grade to remove rock or unstable materials, the backfilling to grade shall be made with available suitable materials unless placement of Granular Foundation or Bedding material. is specified and provided for or is ordered by the Engineer as an Extra Work Item. Placement of the backfill shall be in relatively - 60 - f ~I ~! LI i~ r uniform layers not exceeding 8 inches in loose thickness. Each layer of backfill shall be compacted thoroughly, by means of approved mechanical compaction equipment, as will produce uniform pipe support throughout the full pipe length and facilitate proper shaping of the pipe bed. Where the foundation soil is found to consist of materials that the Engineer considers to be so unstable as to preclude removal and replacement to a reasonable depth to achieve solid support, a suitable foundation shall be constructed as the Engineer directs in the absence of special requirements therefor in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. The Contractor may be required to furnish and drive piling and construct concrete or timber bearing supports or other wark as may be provided for in an Extra Work order. Care shall be taken during final subgrade shaping to prevent any over-excavation. Should any low spots develop, ' they shall only be filled with approved material, which shall have optimum moisture content and be compacted thoroughly, without additional compensation provided to the ' Contractor. The finished subgrade shall be maintained free of water and shall not be disturbed during pipe lowering operations except as necessary to remove pipe slings. The discharge of trench dewatering pumps shall be directed to ' natural drainage channels or storm water drains. Draining trench water into sanitary sewers or combined sewers will not be permitted. h T e Contractor shall install and operate a dewatering system of wells or points to maintain pipe trenches free of ' water wherever necessary or as directed by the engineer to meet the intent of these specifications. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, such work shall be considered incidental with ' no additional compensation provided therefore. All costs of excavating below grade and placing foundation or bedding aggregates as required shall be included in the bid prices for pipe items to the extent that the need for such work is indicated in the Contract ' provisions and the Proposal does not provide for payment therefor under separate Contract Items. Any excavation below grade and any foundation or bedding aggregates required by -order of the Engineer Contract requirements therefor will in the absence of b s t e comp en a ed for separately as Extra Work Items. ' If examination by the Engineer reveals that the need for placement of foundation aggregates was caused by the Contractor's manipulation of the soils in the presence of ' excessive moisture or lack of proper dewatering, the cost. of the corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor. - 61 - C Installation of Pipe and Fittings C1 Inspection and Handling ' .Proper and adequate implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of ' the work. During the process of unloading, all pipe and accessories shall be inspected by the Contractor for damage. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of all material found to have cracks, flaws or other defects. The Engineer shall inspect the damaged materials and have the right to reject any materials found to be unsatisfactory. ' The Contractor shall promptly remove all rejected material from the site. All materials shall be handled carefully, as will prevent damage to protective coatings, linings, and joint fillings; preclude contamination of interior areas; and avoid jolting contact, dropping, or dumping. All work and materials are subject to tests by the Owner ' at such frequency as may be determined by the Engineer. Such tests shall be paid for by the Owner. While suspended and before being lowered into laying position, each pipe section and appurtenant unit shall be inspected by the Contractor to detect damage or unsound conditions that may need corrective action or be cause for ' rejection. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any defects discovered and the Engineer will prescribe the required corrective actions or order rejection. Immediately before placement, the joint surfaces of each pipe section and fitting shall be inspected for the presence of foreign matter, coating blisters, rough edges or projections, and any imperfections so detected shall be corrected by cleaning, trimming, or repair as needed. ' C2 Pipe Laying Operations Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall proceed t ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper laying and joining of the units at the prescribed grade and alignment without unnecessary deviation or hindrance. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and fittings before they are lowered into position in the trench and they shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying. The sewer materials shall be carefully lowered into laying position by the use of suitable restraining devices. Under no circumstances ' shall the pipe be dropped into the trench. - 62 - fl 0 u fl ~l 0 u n 0 At the time of pipe placement, shall be such as to provide uniform for the pipe between bell holes. excavated as necessary to make the they shall be no larger than would the pipe throughout its length. No laid in water nor when the trench or otherwise unsuitable or improper. the bedding conditions and continuous support Bell holes shall be joint connections, but be adequate to support pipe material shall be bedding conditions are When placement or handling precautions prove inadequate, in the Engineer's opinion, the Contractor shall provide and install suitable plugs or caps effectively closing the open ends of each pipe section before it is lowered into laying position, and they shall remain so covered until removal is necessary for connection of an adjoining unit. Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, bell and spigot pipe shall be laid with the bell ends facing upgrade and the laying shall start on the downgrade end and proceed upgrade. As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed in laying position, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with. approved backfill material, which shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping around the pipe to a height of at least 12 inches above the top with hand operated mechanical tamping devices or by hand. The joint areas shall remain exposed and precautions shall be taken to prevent the soil from entering the joint space, until the joint seal is effected. Backfill in the bell area shall be left loose. Connection of pipe to existing lines or previously constructed manholes or catch basins shall be accomplished as shown in the Plans or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. Where necessary to make satisfactory closure or produce the required curvature, grade or alignment deflec- tions at joints shall not exceed that which will assure tight joints and comply with any limitations recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Entrance of foreign matter into pipeline openings shall be prevented at all times to the extent that suitable plugs or covering can be kept in place over the openings without interfering with the installation operations. Installation of PVC, ABS, and composite truss pipe shall conform to ASTM D-2321. All pipe and fitting joints shall fit tightly and be C3 Connection and Assembly of Joints - 63 - f ll l d S i u y c ose . p got ends shall be marked as necessary to indicate the point of complete closure. All joints shall be soil tight, as the minimum requirement, and shall be watertight in all sanitary sewer pipe lines and in all , storm sewer pipe lines installed within the limits of a paved street or highway traffic lanes. Where specified, the joints in certain assemblies shall be made structurally ' integral by being completely encased in concrete to form a rigid watertight unit as indicated in the standard drawings. Where watertight joints are required, without concrete encasement, the joints shall be sealed as follows, subject to such other approved method as the Engineer may authorize ' as being an acceptable alternative: (1) Concrete pipe and fitting joints--compression type rubber gasket seals conforming to the requirements of ASTM C-443, ASTM C-361 or AASHTO M-198 for circular pipe, or as otherwise approved by the Engineer in the ' case of non-circular pipe sections. (2) ABS/PVC Truss pipe, ABS solid wall pipe and fittings- assembled gasket seal joints. ' (3) Smooth wall and corrugated wall PVC pipe and fittings- assembled push-on gasketed joints shall pass perfor- ' mance tests as listed in ASTM D-3212. Solvent welds shall not be permitted. (4) Vitrified clay pipe and fittings--factory fabricated compression seals or compression type couplings. (5) Corrugated steel pipe and fittings--sealed with approved type compression seals. Where watertight joints are not required, joints in ' concrete pipe shall be made soil tight by filling with mortar as the Engineer directs. Pipe joints encased in concrete will not have to be sealed with gasket type seals, ' but shall be filled with mortar as directed. C4 Bulkheading Open Pipe Ends All pipe and fitting ends left open for future connection shall be bulkheaded by approved methods prior to backfilling. Unless otherwise specified or approved, all t openings of 24 inches in diameter or less shall be closed off with prefabricated plugs or caps and all openings larger than 24 inches in diameter shall be closed off with , masonry bulkheads. u - 64 - u u Prefabricated plugs and caps shall be of the same ' material as the pipe material, or an approved, alternate material, and they shall be installed with watertight seal as required for the pipeline joints. Masonry bulkheads shall be constructed with clay or concrete brick to a wall ' thickness of eight inches. Bulkheads installed for temporary service during con- ' struction may be constructed with two-inch timber planking securely fastened together and adequately braced, as an alternate to the masonry construction. ' C5 Placement of Insulation ' Rigid insulation board shall be placed within the pipe encasement zone, 6 inches above the pipe. Prior to placement of the insulation, encasement material shall be compacted until there is no further visual evidence of ' increased consolidation or the density of the compacted layer conforms to the density requirements specified in the Special Provisions, then leveled and lightly scarified to a depth of i inch.. Encasement zone material placed below the insulation shall be free of rock or stone fragments measuring 12 inches or greater. Insulation boards shall be placed on the scarified material with the long dimension parallel to the centerline of the pipe. Boards placed in a single layer shall be ' overlapped at least 6 inches on all sides to eliminate continuous joints for the full depth of the insulation. If two or more layers of insulation boards are used, each layer shall be placed to cover the joints of the layer ' immediately below with an overlap of at least 6 inches. The Contractor shall exercise precaution to insure that ' all joints between boards are tight during placement and backfilling with only extruded ends placed end to end or edge to edge. The fi t l f rs ayer o material placed over the insulation shall be 6 inches in depth, free of rock or stone fragments measuring 1'-z inches or greater. The material shall be ' placed in such a manner .that construction equipment does not operate directly on the insulation and shall be compacted with equipment which exerts a contact pressure of ' less than 80 psi. The first layer shall be compacted until there is no further visual evidence of increased consolida- tion or the density of the compacted layer conforms to the density requirements specified in the Special Provisions. - 65 - [1 D Appurtenance Installations Appurtenance items such as aprons, trash guards, gates and castings shall be installed where and as required by the Plans and in accordance with such standard detail drawings or supplementary requirements as may be specified. t Casting assemblies installed on manhole or catch basin structures shall be set in a full mortar bed and be adjusted to the specified elevation without the use of ' shims or blocking. Sewer aprons shall be subject to all applicable ' requirements for installation of pipe. All aprons and outfall end sections shall have the last three sections tied. Two tie bolt fasteners shall be placed in each of the , last three joints, one on each side of top center at the 60 degree point (from vertical). Tie bolt diameter shall be: z inch for 12" to and including 21" pipe; 5/8 inch for 24" to and including 36" pipe; 3/4 inch for 42" to and including , 54 " pipe; and 1" for 60" and larger pipe. The tie bolts shall be of a design approved by the Engineer. E Sewer Service Installations Main sewer service connections and building service 1 sewer pipe shall be installed as provided for in the Contract and as may be directed by the Engineer. The sewer service connections and pipe lines shall be installed in ' conformance with all applicable requirements of the main sewer installation and as more specifically provided for herein. ' The Engineer, with the assistance of the Contractor, shall keep accurate records of all service installations as to type, location, elevation, point of connection and termination, etc. This service record shall be maintained jointly by the Contractor and Engineer on forms provided by the Engineer. The service installations shall not be backfilled until all required information has been obtained and recorded. The main sewer service connection shall consist of ' installing a Branch Tee or Wye section in the main sewer line at designated locations, or of providing an insert type Saddle Tee in a pipe cutout where and as permitted or required in lieu of the built-in fitting. Orientation of service connection fitting shall be as shown in the standard drawings unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. J - 66 - ' Where the depth of cover over the main sewer invert is greater than 15 feet (or such other maximum as may be indicated), the service connection shall be extended upward by means of a Service Riser Section in accordance with the details shown in the standard drawings. ' Unless otherwise specified, service pipe shall be installed at right angles to the main sewer and at a straight line grade to the property line. The standard and ' minimum grades shall be a uniform rise of one inch in four feet for sanitary service lines and one inch in eight feet for storm sewer service lines. These minimum grades may be ' reduced (by not more than one-half pitch) where the Engineer so approves in the case of restrictive elevation differences. ' Building service pipe lines shall generally be kept as deep as required to serve the building elevation and maintain the specified minimum pipe grades. Pipe bends ' shall be provided as necessary to bring the service lines to proper location and grade. Pipe bends shall not exceed 222 degrees without approval of the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated, service pipe installation shall terminate at property line or as designated on the Plans, with a gasketed plug placed in the end, at which point the Contractor shall furnish and set a 4 x 4 inch wooden timber 6 feet to 8 feet in length embedded 4 feet below grade, or approved steel post to mark the exact end of pipe. The timber or post shall be set vertically, the to 2 f t with p ee painted green. Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are permitted or required to be made by the open cut-out method in the absence of a built-in Tee or Wye fitting, the connection shall be made by using an approved type of ' Saddle Tee fitting. The pipe cut-out shall be made with an approved type coring machine or by other approved methods producing a uniform, smooth circular cut-out as required ' for proper fit. The cut-out discs shall be retrieved and shall not be allowed to rem i ithi a n w n the main sewer pipe. The Saddle Tee shall be securely fastened to the main sewer pipe by means of epoxy resin or other approved adhesive. The entire connection fitting shall be encased in concrete to a minimum thickness of six inches and as may be shown in the standard drawings. Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are required to be made by means of built-in Branch Tee or Wye fittings, the Contractor shall, in the absence of such ' fitting, remove a section of the main sewer pipe and replace it with the required Branch Tee or Wye section connected by means of an approved sleeve coupling. - 67 - 0 Sanitary sewer service lines shall not be connected to a manhole at an elevation more than 24 inches above the crown of the outgoing sewer. Where the elevation difference is greater than 24 inches, the connection shall be made by means of an Outside Drop Connection in accordance with the details shown in the standard drawings. All pipe and fitting openings at temporary terminal points .shall be fitted with suitable plugs or shall be bulkheaded as required for the main sewer pipe. F Manhole and Catch Basin Structures Manholes, catch basins, and other special access structures shall be constructed at designated locations as required by the Plans and in accordance with any standard detail drawings or special design requirements given therefor. Unless otherwise specified or approved, manholes and catch basins shall be constructed on a cast-in-place concrete base and the barrel riser sections, cone section and top adjusting rings shall all be of precast concrete. All units shall be properly fitted and sealed to form a completely watertight structure. Barrel and cone height shall be such as to permit placement of at least three and not more than six standard two-inch precast concrete adjusting rings immediately below the casting assembly which shall be set in a mortar bed. Each adjusting ring shall also be set in mortar. Unless otherwise specified or approved, manholes and catch basins shall have an inside barrel diameter at the bottom of 48 inches minimum and the inside diameter at the top of the cone section and of all adjusting rings shall be of the same size and shape as the casting frame. Casting assemblies shall be as specified in the Plans. Catch basin grate elevation shall be adjusted as necessary to maintain the required dip below normal gutter grade. The concrete cast-in-place base shall be poured on undisturbed or firmly compacted foundation material which shall be trimmed to proper elevation. The bottom riser section shall be set in fresh concrete or mortar and all other riser section joints of the tongue and groove design shall be sealed with rubber gaskets. Wherever special designs so require or permit, and as otherwise may be approved by the Engineer, a precast concrete base may be used or the structure may be constructed with solid sewer brick or block units or with cast-in-place concrete. Any combination of cast-in-place 0 u i i CIS 7 7 Cl 0 - 68 - concrete and brick or block mortar construction will be ' allowed and may be required where it is impossible to complete the construction with standard precast manhole sections. ' All annular wall space surrounding the inplace storm sewer pipes shall be completely filled with mortar or concrete, and the inside bottom of each manhole and catch ' basin shall be shaped with fresh concrete to form free flow through invert troughs as directed. Sanitary sewer main lines shall not be connected to a ' manhole at an elevation more than 24 inches above the invert of the outgoing sewer. Where the difference is ' greater than 24 inches, the connections shall be made by means of an Outside Drop Connection in accord ith th ance w e detailed drawings in the Plans. The concrete base under the drop connection shall be monolithic with the manhole base. G Reconnecting Existing Facilities ' Disposition of abandoned facilities and reconnection of existing facilities shall be as provided for in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. H Sanitar S y ewer Leakage Testing ' All sanitary sewer lines, including service connections, shall be substantially watertight and shall be tested for excessive leakage upon completion and before connections ' are made to the service by others. Each test section of the sewer shall be subjected to exfiltrati t ti on es ng, either by hydrostatic or air test method as described below and at the Contractor's option. The requirements set forth for ' maximum leakage shall be met as a condition for acceptance of the sewer section represented by the test. If the ground water level is greater than three feet ' above the invert elevation of the upper manhole and the Engineer so approves, infiltration testing may be all owed ' in lieu of the allowable leakage exfiltration testing, in which case shall be the the same as would be allowed for the Hydrostatic Test. ' All testing shall be performed by the Contractor without any direct compensation being made therefor, and the Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and ' materials, including plugs and standpipes as required. H1 Air Test Method t The sewer pipe section under test shall be clean at the ' - 69 - time of testing but the pipe may be wetted. Pneumatic balls shall be used to plug the pipe ends at manholes. Low pressure air shall be introduced into the plugged line until the internal air pressure reaches 4.0 psi greater than the average back pressure of any ground water pressure that may submerge the pipe. At least two minutes shall be allowed for the air temperature to stabilize before readings are taken and the timing started. During this time the Contractor shall check all plugs with soap solution to detect plug leakage. If plugs are found to leak, air shall be bled off, the plugs shall be retightened, and the air shall be reintroduced into the line. The sewer section under test will be accepted as having passed the air leakage test if it does not lose air at a rate to cause the pressure to drop from 3.6 to 3.0 psi in less time than one-half minute per inch in diameter of the pipe tested. H2 Hydrostatic Test Method After bulkheading the test section, the pipe shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure produced by a head of water at a depth of three feet above the invert elevation of the sewer at the manhole of the test section. In areas where ground water exists, this head of water shall be three feet above the existing water table. The water head shall be maintained for a period of one hour during which time it will be presumed that full absorption of the pipe body has taken place, and thereafter for an extended period of one hour the water head shall be maintained as the test period. During the one hour test period, the measured water loss within the test section, including service stubs, shall not exceed the Maximum Allowable Loss (in Gallons Per Hour per 100 Feet of Pipe) given below for the applicable Main Sewer Diameter. Main Sewer Diameter (In Inches) 6 8 10 12 15 18 21 24 & Larger Maximum Allowable Loss* (In Gallons Per Hour Per 100 Feet) 0.5 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.7 1.9 *Based on 100 Gallons Per Day Per Pipe Diameter Inch Per Mile - 70 - J i J ii r ~~I ~' 0 ' If measurements indicate exfiltration within a test section is not greater than the allowable maximum, the ' section will be accepted as passing the test. ' H3 Test Failure and Remedy. In the event of test failure on any test section, testing shall be continued until all leakage has been ' detected and corrected to meet the requirements. All repair work shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. Introduction of sealant substances by means of the test ' water will not be permitted. Unsatisfactory repairs or test results may result in an order to remove and replace pipe as the Engineer considers ' necessary for test conformance. All repair and replacement work shall be at the Contractor's expense. ' I Pi eli B kfill p ne ac ing Operations All pipeline excavations shall be backfilled to restore ' pre-existing conditions as the minimum requirement, and fulfill all supplementary requirements indicated in the Plans and Specifications, and Special Provisions. The backfilling operations shall be started as soon as t conditions will permit on each section of pipeline, so as to provide continuity in subsequent operations and restore normal public service as soon as practicable on a ' section-by-section basis. All operations shall be pursued diligently, with proper and adequate equipment, as will assure acceptable results. ' The backfilli h l ng s a l be accomplished with the use of Suitable Materials selected from the excavated materials to the extent available and practical. Should the materials available within the trench ti sec on be unsuitable or insufficient, without loading and hauling or the employment of unreasonable measures, the required additional materials ' shall be furnished from outside sources as an Extra Work item in the absence of any Special Provisions requirements. Suitable Material shall be defined as a mineral soil ' free of foreign materials (rubbish, debris, etc.), frozen clumps, oversize stone, rock, concrete or bituminous ' chunks, and other unsuitable materials, that may damage the pipe installation prevent thorou h com ti , g pac on, or increase the risks of after settlement unnecessarily. Material selection shall be such as to make the best and fullest ' utilization of what is available, taking into consideration particular needs of different backfill zones. Material containing stone, rock, or chunks of any sort shall only be utilized where and to the extent there will be no ' detrimental effects. - 71 - C~~ Within the pipe bedding and encasement zones described as that portion of the trench which is below an elevation one foot above the top of the pipe, the materials placed shall be limited in particle size to 12 inches maximum in the case of pipe of 12 inches in diameter or less, and to 2 inches maximum in the case of larger pipe. Above these zones, the placement of material containing stones, boulders, chunks, etc. greater than 8 inches in any dimension shall not be allowed. Compaction of materials placed within the pipe bedding and encasement zones shall be accomplished with portable or hand equipment methods, so as to achieve thorough consoli- dation under and around the pipe and avoid damage to the pipe. Above the cover zone material, the use of heavy roller type compaction equipment shall be limited to safe pipe loading. Backfill materials shall be carefully placed in uniform loose thickness layers of 8 inches spread over the full width and length of the trench section to provide simultaneous support on both sides of the pipeline. Granular backfill may be placed in 12-inch layers above an elevation one foot above the top of the pipe, and with the provision that, by authority and at the discretion of the Engineer in consideration of the demonstrated capability of special type vibrating compactors, the stated maximums may be increased. Each layer of backfill material shall be compacted effectively, by approved mechanical or hand methods, until there is no further visual evidence of increased consoli- dation or the density of the compacted layer conforms to the density requirements specified in the Special Provi- sions. Compaction of the inplace layer shall be completed acceptably before placing material for a succeeding layer thereon. The manner of placement, compaction equipment and procedure effectiveness shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. All surplus waste materials remaining after completion of the backfilling operations shall be disposed of in an acceptable manner within 24 hours after completing the backfill work on each particular pipeline section. Disposal at any location within the project limits shall be as specified, or as approved by the Engineer; otherwise, disposal shall be accomplished outside the project limits at the Contractor's discretion. The backfilling and surplus or waste disposal operations shall be a part of the work required under the pipeline installation items, not as work that may be delayed until final cleanup. - 72 - r L ~i n L u LI i I~ J L n n J u J Until expiration of the guarantee period, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility and expense for all backfill settlement and shall refill and restore the work as directed to maintain an acceptable surface condition, regardless of location. All additional materials required shall be furnished without additional cost to the Owner. J Restoration of Surface Improvements Wherever any surface improvements such as pavement, curbing, pedestrian walks, fencing, or turfing have been removed, damaged or otherwise disturbed by the Contractor's operations, they will be repaired or replaced to the Engineer's satisfaction, as will restore the improvement in kind and structure to the preexisting condition. Each item of restoration work shall be done as soon as practicable after completion of installation and backfilling operations on each section of pipeline. In the absence of specific payment provisions, as separate Contract Items, the restoration work shall be compensated for as part of the work required under those Contract Items which necessitated the destruction and replacement or repair, and there will be no separate payment therefor. If separate pay items are provided for restoration work, only that portion of the repair or reconstruction which was necessitated by the Contract work will be measured for payment. Rny improvements removed or ' damaged unnecessarily or undermined shall be replaced or repaired at the Contractor's expense. ' J1 Turf Restoration Turf restoration shall be accomplished by sod placement except where seeding is specifically allowed or required. Topsoil shall be placed to a minimum depth of four ' inches under all sodding and in all areas seeded. The topsoil material used shall be light friable loam contain- ing a liberal amount of humus, and shall be free of heavy clay, course sand, stones, plants, roots, sticks and other ' foreign matter. Topsoil meeting these requirements shall be selected from the excavated materials to the extent available and needed. ' All turf establishment work shall be done in substantial compliance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification 2575. ' Seed shall be Mixture No. 5 of MnDOT Specification 3876, unless otherwise directed or approved. - 73 - u 32 Pavement Restoration The inplace pavement structure (including base aggre- gates) shall be restored in kind and depth as previously existed, using base aggregates salvaged from the excavated materials to the extent available and needed, and with new materials being provided for reconstruction of the concrete or bituminous surface courses. If, through no fault of the Contractor in failing to reserve sufficient aggregate materials from the excava- tions, there should be insufficient quantity of suitable aggregate to reconstruct the pavement base courses, the additional materials required will be furnished by the Owner at its expense, or the Contractor will be ordered to furnish the additional materials from outside sources as an Extra Work item in the absence of an appropriate Contract item therefor. Placement of any additional aggregate materials delivered to the site by the Owner or of any additional materials furnished by the Contractor, shall be an incidental expense, as will also be the disposal of any excess materials resulting therefrom, unless special payment provisions are otherwise agreed upon. Reconstruction of aggregate base courses and concrete or bituminous surface courses shall be in substantial compli- ance with all applicable MnDOT Specifications pertaining to the item being restored. The materials used shall be comparable to those used in the inplace structure, and the workmanship and finished quality shall be equal to that of new construction to the fullest extent obtainable in consideration of operational restrictions. Existing concrete and bituminous surfaces at the trench wall shall be sawed or cut with a cutting wheel to form a neat edge in a straight line before surfaces are to be restored. Sawing or cutting may be accomplished as a part of the removal or prior to restoration at the option of the Contractor. However, all surface edges will be inspected prior to restoration. J3 Restoration of Miscellaneous Items Wherever any curbing, curb and gutter sections, pedes- trian walks, fencing, driveway surfacing, or other improve- ments are removed or in any way damaged, or undermined, they shall be restored to original condition by repair or replacement as the Engineer considers necessary. Replace- ment of old materials will be acceptable only to the extent that existing quality can be fully achieved, such as in the case of fencing. Otherwise new materials shall be provided n L u n r 0 ~~I u - 74 - and placed as the Engineer directs. Workmanship and ' finished quality shall be equal to that of new construc- tion, where new materials are used, to the extent obtainable in consideration of operational restrictions. ' A proper foundation shall be prepared before reconstruc- ting concrete or bituminous improvements. Unless otherwise directed, granular material shall be placed to a depth of ' at least four inches under all concrete and bituminous items. No direct compensation will be made for furnishing and placing this material even though such course was not part of the original construction. K Maintenance-and Final Cleanup ' All subgrade surfaces shall be maintained acceptably until the start of surfacing construction or restoration ' work, and until the work has been finally accepted. Additional materials shall be provided and placed as needed to compensate for trench settlement .and to serve as temporary construction pending completion of the final surface improvements. Final disposal of debris, waste materials, and other remains or consequences. of construction, shall be accom- ' plished intermittently as new construction items are completed and shall not be left to await final completion of all work. Cleanup operations shall be considered as ' being a part of the work covered under the Contract items involved and only that work which cannot be accomplished at any early time shall be considered as final cleanup work ' not attributable to a specific Contract Item. If disposal operations and other cleanup work are not ' conducted properly as the construction progresses, the Engineer may withhold partial pa ments until such wo k i y r s satisfactorily pursued, or he may deduct the estimated cost of its performance from the partial estimate value. Maintenance of sodded and seeded areas shall include adequate watering for plant growth and the replacement of any dead or damaged sod as may be required for acceptance ' of the work. ' L Deflection Test Deflection tests shall be performed on all plastic ' gravity sewer pipes. The test shall be conducted after the sewer trench has been backfilled to the desired finished grade and has been in place for 30 days. i' ~' - 75 - The deflection test shall be performed by pulling a rigid ball or pointed mandrel through the pipe without the aid of mechanical pulling devices. The ball or mandrel shall have a minimum diameter equal to 95% of the actual inside diameter of the pipe. The maximum allowable deflection shall not exceed five percent of the pipe's internal diameter. The time of the test, method of testing, and the equipment to be used for the test shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. All testing shall be performed by the Contractor at his expense without any direct compensation being made there- for, and he shall furnish all necessary equipment and materials required. Ll Test Failure and Remedy In the event of test failure on any test section, the section shall be replaced, with all repair work subject to approval of the Engineer. The replaced section shall be retested for leakage and deflection in conformance with the specifications contained herein. All repairs, replacement, and retesting shall be at the Contractor's expense. M Televising Sewer line televising may be required by the Engineer, at the cost of the Contractor, if visual inspection, leakage testing, or deflection testing, indicate the sewer has not been constructed in accordance with these specifi- cations and the requirements of the Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions. 2621.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT All items will be measured separately according to design designation as indicated in the Pay Item name and as may be detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Pipe will generally be designated by size (inside diameter or span), strength class, kind or type, and laying condition. Complete-in-place items shall include all component parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but excluding any excesses covered by separate Pay Items. Linear measurement of piping will include the running length of any special fittings (tees, wyes, elbows, gates, etc.) installed within the line of measure between specified terminal points. A Sewer Pipe Sewer pipe of each design designation will be measured i~ CII C~~ C - 76 - i by length in linear feet along the line of pipe. Terminal points of measurement will be the pipe end at free outlets; the point of connection with inplace pipe; the center of manholes or catch basins; the point of centerline intersec- tions at branch fittings; or the point of juncture with other appurtenances or units as defined. Separation of quantities according to "depth zone classification", when so designated in the Pay Item, will be determined by depth of pipe invert below the ground surface profile. B Manholes Manholes of each design designation will be measured by number of each constructed complete-in-place, including the base and castings as required, but excluding any excess depth greater than 8.0 feet measured from top of manhole cover to invert elevation of lowest pipe. Excess manhole depth of each design designation will be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between the 8.0 feet allowed as standard and the actual increased depth as constructed. C Catch Basins Catch basins of each design designation will be measured by number of each constructed complete-in-place, including ' the base and castings as required, but excluding any excess depth greater than 5.0 feet measured from top of grate (low point) to invert elevation of lowest outlet pipe. ' Excess catch basin depth of each design designation will be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between ' the 5.0 feet allowed as standard and the actual increased depth as constructed. ' D Outside Drop Connection Outside drop connections of each design will be measured by number of each constructed complete-in-place, including ' granular encasement, fittings, and any special piping details as required, including two holes into existing manholes for the drop connection, but excluding any excess ' vertical drop greater than 2.0 feet measured between invert of high pipe inlet and invert of low pipe outlet. ' Excess drop connection depth will be measured by the linear foot difference in vertical drop between the 2.0 feet allowed as standard and the actual increased vertical drop as constructed. ' - 77 - E Service Connection Service Connections of each design will be measured by ' number of each constructed complete-in-place as specified. F Service Pipe Service pipe of each design will be measured separately by .length in linear feet, horizontally along the line of installation, between the service end and the point of juncture with the main pipe connection fitting. G Special Pipe Fittings Special pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, etc.) of each ' design designation will be measured by number of each installed complete-in-place as specified, but excluding any such fittings required to be installed as a component part , of any other Work Unit. H Appurtenant Items Appurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, gates and other prefabricated units or assemblies as identified ' by Pay Item name will be measured separately by number of each installed complete-in-place as specified. I Granular Materials Granular materials furnished and placed as special foundation, bedding, encasement, or backfill construction will be measured by weight or volume of material furnished by the Contractor from outside sources and placed within the limits defined. Unless otherwise specified, volume will , be determined by vehicular measure (loose volume) at the point of delivery. Measurements will not include any materials required to be placed as a component part of any ' other Work Unit. J Piling Piling shall be measured according to the Provisions of MnDOT Specification 2452. J1 Pile Bents Pile bents shall be measured as a unit and shall include , all materials and labor required, except the pile. - 78 - K Insulation 0 0 ~~ 1 0 Rigid board insulation shall be measured on a square foot basis installed to the specified thickness noted on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions and shall include all materials and labor required for placement. 2621.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for sewer. pipe and service pipe items at the Contract prices per linear foot of pipe of each design shall be compensation in full for all costs of providing a complete-in- place pipeline, including excavation, foundation preparation, backfilling, leakage testing, restoration of surface improve- ments, disposal of surplus or waste materials, final cleanup, and such other work as may be specified, but excluding the construction of other structures or special sections and the placement of special fittings, appurtenances or materials specifically designated for payment under other Contract Items. Payment for manhole, catch basin, outside drop connection, service connection, and other structures as specified, at the Contract prices per structure, shall be compensation in full for all costs of constructing each unit complete-in-place as specified, including all required castings, special fittings, base or encasement, and appurtenant materials as specified for the complete structure or section, but excluding such additional work as may be designated for payment under other Contract Items. Where the specified standard manhole, catch basin, or outside drop connection depths are exceeded, the excess depth of each design will be paid for separately as linear footage items and payment at the Contract prices therefor shall be compensation in full for all costs of providing the extra depth. Special pipe fittings such as wyes, tees and bends will be paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent they are required to be installed in the sewer pipe and service pipe lines and not as a component part of a complete-in-place structure (outside drop connections, service connections, etc.) Hppurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, drainage gates, and other prefabricated units or assemblies and specials as designated will be paid for as separate Contract Items to the ' extent they are not included as a component part of any complete-in-place structure. Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, cover, or backfill placement as specified in connection with pipe or structure items will only be paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent that the Proposal contains specific Pay Items ' - 79 - N Fil e o. City ' Addition Street Contractor Installed By Tied By Date ' Block Lot Sheet No. Service No. Sewer Service ' Sta. Bet. M.H. ~ M.H. D:i_staixe fr~an ciarazstream M.H. I3o. ' Mat. I~th _ Depth @ P.L. Inv. @ P.L. ii Block Sewer SQrvioe water Service Sta. Bet. M.H. ~ M.H. Distance fr'cm down M.H. No. _ Mat. I.engtl-i Depth @ P.L. _Lot Sheet No. Service No. ' Sta. Bet. M.H. ~ M.H. Dis-t:anoe frcm d'c~ M.H. No. Mat. Length Depth @ P.L. Inv. @ P.L. '~ ~~ II Water Service Sta. Bet. M.H. ~ M.H._ Distance frrxn dram M.H. No. Mat. I,er~gth Depth @ P.L. ~~